AMERICAN LANGUAGE COURSE

Level I
BOOk 1 LESSON 1
Summary

F. Hello. How are you? See you later. Good morning. Fine.thanks. Okay. Goodbye

G. Listen. What’s that? It’s an open the door. What’s this? This is a book.

V.
circle cerc; ciclu; a inconjura close incuiat; inchis; apropiat
listen a fi atent la; a asculta look privire; uitatura
open a deschide; deschis; a incepe repeat a repeta
write a compune muzica; a scrie; scriere my mea; mei; mele; meu
please a multumi; a satisface that’s
that care; aceea; acela; incat; pentru ca; sa; ca the articol hotarat
this aceasta; acesta; asta what’s
to catre; in comparatie cu; pana la; pentru; ca sa
what care?; ce?; ce fel?; cum? twenty douazeci
alphabet alfabet book carte; a inscrie; registru; a rezerva
capital letter
clock ceas; orologiu door usa
example exemplu letter litera; scrisoare
name nume; reputatie; a numi; a stabili; a alege notebook caiet de notite; maculator
number numar page pagina; paj
pen ingraditura; stilou; tarc pencil creion; a schita
picture tablou; fotografie; imagine sir domnule
small mic; neînsemnat table mancare; masa
window fereastra; vitrina word cuvant; vorba; a redacta

hallo a striga alo sau hei; alo; asculta(interj); hei

lab laborator; Partidul Laburist(Anglia); laborator(presc)
chair a instala(intr-o functie); catedra universitara; scaun
your dumitale; dumneavoastra; ta; tale; tau; tai; voastra; vostru; vostri; voastre
go to a merge; a se duce; a deveni; energie; entuziasm; miscare; incercare; moda
is pers a III-a sing. indicativ prez. de la be (a fi)

hello
Good morning.
What’s your name?
My name is.
How are you.
Fine thanks. See you later.
Okay.Goodb ye.
A.Good morning.
Z. Good morning. How are you?
A. Fine, thanks .How are you.
B. Z. Fine thanks. Ou, my teacher is in the classroom.
C. See you later.
D. Z.Okay.Goodbye.

A.Good morning.
Z.Good morning. How are you?
A.Fine.I’m Ted.What’s your name?
Z..My name is Aldo.

This (that) is a pencil. What is this? This is a book. What is that?

That is a pen. What + is = What’s What’s that? That’s a pencil.
What’s this? It’s a book.
That+is = That’ s What’s this? That is my chair. That’s your pen.
It + is = It’s
Open the window. Close the window.
This is my pen. That's your pen.

BOOk 1 LESSON 2
Summary

G. Don’close the door. Please don’t close the door. What’s that? That’t her book. This is hie pen. What is
Bill? Bill is a mechanic.
What are thouse? Thouse are pencils. What are these? Thse are books.
V.

am
are esti; sunt; suntem; sunte
and iar; ;i
don’t
I’m
these acestea; acestia
those aceia; acelea
you voi; tu
barber\barbers barbier; frizer
cook\cooks a gati(mancare); bucatar; bucatareasa
doctor\doctors a trata(un bolnav); doctor; medic; a ingriji
pilot\pilots pilot; a pilota; ghid
radio\radios radio
recorder\recorders magnetofon
tape\tapes banda de magnetofon; panglica
 teacher\teachers profesor de liceu
television\televisions televiziune; televizor
youre al tau; a ta; ai tai; ale tale; al vostru; a voastra; ai vostri; ale voastre
speeli a ortografia un cuv]nt; interval de timp(scurt); repaus; vraj
her dat ei; pe ea; ei(pron. posesiv); sa;
his ai lui/s[i; al lui/s[u; ale lui/sale; a lui/sa; \i; lui;

Go the window. Please don’t open the window.

Don’t close the door. Open it.
Don’t write the word pen. Please write the word pencil.
Listen. Don’t repeat.
Circle the letter. Don’t circle the letter.

What’s his name? His name is Ted. What’s that? This is my book
What’s that? This is a table. What are those? That is your pens.
What’s that? These are tables. What’s that? Those are window.
What’s that? That’s her pencil What’s that? That is a chair.
What are these? Those are chairs What’s that? These are pen.
What are those? These are books.

I am a mechanic What am I? I’m a student

You are a pilot Your’re a doctor What are you?
Bill is a barber Bill’s a teacher What is Bill?

I+ am = I’m I’m a student I’m a pilot

You + are = You’re You’re a teacher You’re a cook.
Bill + is = Bill’s Bill’s a pilot.
We + are =we’re What am I? What is Betty?
They + are = they’re What are you?

What are you? I’m a mechanic.

What am I? You’re a teacher.
What’s Betty? Betty’s a doctor.
What am I? I’m a cook.
What’s Joe? Joe’s amechanic.
What’s Tom? He’s a student.
A.Hello.My name is Bob. What’s your name?
Z.My name is Ken.
A.Repet your name, please.
Z.It’s Ken.
A.Spell your name, please.Z. K_E_N.

BOOk 1 LESSON 3
Summary
B

G. He is a pilot. He’s not a mechanic. She’s a teacher. She isn’t a student.

We are a student? We’re not teachers. They’re doctors. They aren’t mechanics.
What are you? We’re mechanics .Is she a student? No, she isn’t. Are they a mechanics? Yes,
they are.
V.

no nu not nu
she dansa; ea she’s
they ei; ele they’re
we noi we’re
yes da cent cent
dime centi; moneda(amer) dollar dolar
half jumatate; repriza; semestru money moneda; numerar; bani
nickel nichel penny centima; gologan; peni
quarter patrar al lunii; sfert de mila; sfert de ora; sfert
ren’t nu esti; sunt; suntem; sunte
isn’t nu pers a III-a sing. indicativ prez. de la be (a fi)
spell a ortografia un cuvant; interval de timp(scurt); repaus; vraja
he’s barbat; el; partic.care indica genul masc
student control number

Bill + is = Bill’s a pilot. He + is = He’s She + is = She’s Betty + is = Betty’s

They + are = They’re doctors. We + are = We’re You + are =You’re It + is = It’s

I’m not a pilot. He’s not a doctor. She’s not a student. Bill’s not a barber.
We’re not a cooks. They’re not a mechanics. You’re not a teachers.
He is not = He isn’t She is not = She isn’t You are not = you aren’t
We are not = We aren’t

They are not = They aren’t

It (This; That;She;He) is a desk (a doctor; a pilot).
Is he (she; this; that;it;) a barber (a teacher;a book) ?
Thouse (These; They) are desks (doctors; pilots)
Are these (thouse; they) barbers (teachers; desks?)
Am I a student? Is he (she;it) a doctor (a mechanic)?
Are you (we; they) students (pilots; mechanics)?
It this (that) a pen? Yes, it is. No, it isn’t.(isn’t).
It he (she) a doctor? Yes, he (she) is. No, he (she) isn’t. He’s (she’s) not.
Are you a student? Yes, I am. No I’m not.
Are thes (thouse) a pencils? Yes, they are. No, they are not (aren’t).
Are they (we; you) students? Yes, they (we; you) are.
No, they’re (we’re; you’re) not .No, they (we; you) aren’t.
 John is a student. He isn't teacher. This my book.
This is.t yout book He is a cook. He isn’t a barber.
My name isn’t Yom.It.s John.You are dicror. You aren’t barber.
They are’t students. They’re barbers.you aren’t teachers. You’re students.
Is she a student. Are they students? Is he a pilot?
Are they barbers. Are those books.
Am I a student? Is it a book? Are we pilots? Are they mechanics?

BOOk 1 LESSON 4
Summary

G. Are they pilots? Yes, they, are pilot. No, aren’t pilots.
The calendar is on the wall. The students are in the lab. The pen is under the table.
V.

sit a sta asezat; a sedea at de la; in; la; pe

in in; la; din o'clock
on in; pe; la blackboard tabla de scris
calendar calendar chalckboard tabla de scris
day in cursul zilei; ziua desk catedra; masa de scris; birou
dialog convorbire; dialog map harta
sound rasuna; sunet; a suna; zgomot time vreme; timp
today azi; in zilele noastre tomorrow ziua de maine; maine
wall intaritura; perete; zid week saptamana
weekend sfarsit de saptamana Sunday duminica
Monday luni Tuesday marti
Wednesday miercuri Thursday joi
Friday vineri
Saturday simbatastand a sta in picioare; impotrivire; a se opune
put trecut/part.trecut de la put; a instala; a pune
box box; a boxa; cutie; a inchide; loja
under sub influenta; mai jos de; mai putin de; sub; sub regimul; dedesubt; subaltern; inferior

Are you student? Yes, I'm a student. No, I'm not a stedent.
Is she teacher? Yes, she's a teacher. No, she is not a teacher. No, she isn't a teacher.
Is this a pencil? Yes this is a pencil. No, this isn't a pencil.
Are they doctors? Yes, they'rea doctors. No, they aren't doctoes.
Is she a cook? No, she's not a cook'
Am I a teacher? No, you're not a teacher.
That's a map. That'e a wall. That's a chair.that's a door.

The pencil is under the table. The clock is on the wall. Two desks are in the classroom.
The map is on the wall. The book is on the table. The picture is on the wall.
What's on the wall? A map is on the wall.
What's is on the table? A box is on the table.
What's under the table? Two pictures are under table.
What's in the desk? Pencils are in the desk.
What's under the desk 'Four books are under the desk.
What's in the classroom? A calendar ic in the classroom.
What's on the chair? Three pens are on the chair.
What's on the wall? A blackboard in on the wall.

BOOk 2 LESSON 1
Summary

F. Bob, this is may friend Jeff. Jeff: Hi! Nice to meet you.
He is tired. Is he happy? Let’s go the lab.
G. Bob is a pilot. Billi’s a pilot, too .Ted is a student and Joe is a mechanic. Is he in the lab or in the
classroom?
V.

And iar ; si angry furios ; suparat

bye bye la revedere!; pa cold
happy incantat; nimerit; norocos; fericit hi
let’s go s a mergem; sa plecam Miss lovitura ratata; domnisoara; a
Mr. Dl Mrs. dna
Now acum old bãtrân; în vârstã; vechi
or ori; sau sad abãtut; melancolic; trist
sick indispus; bolnav tired obosit
too prea; foarte; de asemenea very chiar; foarte; extrem de
well bine; fântânã; mulþumitor; sondã young tânãr; nou; mic
alphabet alfabet boy bãiat; bãiat de serviciu
brother confrate; frate child copil
children plural de la child(copil) consonant armonios; de acord; conform(cu)
family familie father tata; parinte; creator
friend prieten girl fata; slujnica
man omenire(generic); om; barbat men plural de la man (barbat)
mother mama sister infirmiera sefa; sora
vowel vocala woman femeie
women femei; femei
hot arzator; muzica de dans cu ritm viu; picant; fierbinte; violent
Glad to meet you
Nice to meet you.
What time it is?

A. Dad, this is my friend Bob. Bob this is my father, Mr. Wilson.

B. How are you Bob? Nice tomeet you.
A. Fine, thanks. Nice to meet you too, Mr. Wilson.
B. Linda, this is my friend Bob. Bob, this is my sister, Linda.
C. Glad to meet you, Bob.
D. Nice to meet you, Linda.

He’s happy. She’s sad. He’s angry. He’s sick. She’s hot. He’s very hot. She’s cold. He’s young. He’s old.
He’s tired. He’s well.

Bill (The student; She) is tired. Is Bill (The student; She tired.
You (The children; They; We) are sick. Are you (The children; They; We) sic?
Is he very happy? Is she very angry?
Is the boy very old? Is the woman very tired?
Is the man very sick? Is the child very sad?

You are student. I am a teacher. Susan is a teacher. Mary is a mechanic.

What are you and I? What are Susan and Mary
I’m a student and you’re a teacher. Susan is a teacher and Mary a mechanic.

He is a cook. She is a teacher. Is Ted hot or cold.

What are they? Ted is hot.
He is a cook and she is a teacher.
Are they in the lab or in the classroom?
Bob is barber. Bill is a cook. They are in classroom.
What are Bob and bill?
Bob is a barber and bill is a cook.
Is she sick or tired.
Linda is a pilot. Ted is a doctor. She's tired.
What are Linda and Ted
Linda is a pilot and Ted is a doctor.

BOOk 2 LESSON 2
Summary

F. Whose book is this? It’s Betty’s.

G. Tom is outside. Where’s Bill? Bill’s at the mess hall.
Whose classroom is this. This is our classroom.
V.
Answer a rãspunde; rãspuns; replicã ask a ruga; a cere
belong a apartine an o; un; unii (inainte de vocale)
at de la; in; la; pe big important; mare; masiv
inside viscere; dos; interior our nostru
outside aparenta; exterior small mic; neinsemnat
their lor where incotro; pe unde; unde
whose a; ai; ale carui/carei; a cui?; a truly,
barracks cazarma base a pune bazele; baza; josnic
bed pat building cladire
bulletin board bus autobuz
bus stop statie de autobuz BX (base exchange)
commissary dining hall
dinning room sufragerie dispensary dispensar;farmacie; policlinica hospital
spital; azil library biblioteca
mess hall locator
question a chestiona; chestiune; intrebare; mess nutret; dezordine; incurcatura
room camera; spatiu
snack bar bufet expres
schedule schema; a programa; program; plan
your dumitale; dumneavoastra; ta; tale; tau; tai; voastra; vostru; vostri; voastre

This is a building. These are buildings. These are barracks. This is a schedule.
This is a bed. This is a office. This is a bus. This is a bus stop.
This book is big. This is a big book. These letters are big. These are big letters.
This book is small. This is a small book.

Where is the map? The map is under desk

Where is the student? The students are in the classroom.
Where are the books? The book is on the chair.
Where are the pilots? The pilots are the barracks.

Where + is =Where’s Where’s the desk? The desk is in the office.

This is our classroom. This your lab. This their brother.
Whose sister is she? She is his sister.
Whose money is this? This is our money.
Whose pens are these? They are my pens.
Whose book is that? That is Betty’s book.
Whose books are those? Those are Betty’s book That book belong to Betty.
I am inside (outside). You (They; We; The boys) are inside (outside).
He (Linda; She; It) is inside (outside).

Where's the books. It's on the bed.

Where are the chalkboards? They're in the room.
Where is the pen It's under the table.
Where is the schedule. It's on the buletin board.
Where are the chair and the desk? They're in the office.

A. Excuse me, please. Where's Tom? Z. He's in his room.

A. Is the classroom? Z. No, he is in the barracks. He's sick.
A. Where's the barracks. Z. It's Building 2999.
A. Thank. you, sir.

1. They are students. This is their barracks.

2. You are my students. These are your books.
3. We are teacher. These are our classroom.
4. These are our books. 5. She's their sister.
6. He's your friend. 7. That's our office.
8. This is your money. 9. That's their barracks.

This is our classroom. This is your lab. This is their brother.

1. What’s that? That’s our office. 2. What’s this? It’s their money.
3. What are those? They’re your pencil. 4. What are these? These are their schedules.
5. What’s that? That’s our barracks. 6. What are those? They’re your books.
7. What’s that? It’s a your clock. 8. What are those? Those are pictures.

Whose sister is she? She is his sister. Whose money is this? This is your money.
Whose pens are these? They are my pen. Whose radio is this? That is my radio.
Whose pen is that? It’s his pen.
Whose recorders are these? They’re your recorders.
Whose notebooks are these? Those are her notebooks.
Whose television is that? That’s our television.

Whose book is that? That is Betty’s book. Whose books are those? Those are Betty’s books.

That is Betty’s book = That book belong to Betty.

Whose money is this? That’s Aldo’s money.

Whose notebook are these Those are Bob’s notebook.
Whose pencils are these? Those are Susan’s pencils
Whose classroom is this? It’s Dave’s classroom.

Whose recorder is this? This is Ado’s recorder. It belongs to Aldo.

Whose is that? That’s Susan’s TV. It belongs to Susan.
Whose dime is this?
This is Bill’s dime. It belongs to Bill.
Whose radio is that.That's Tom’s radio. It belongs to Tom.

I am inside \outside You are inside \outside

They are inside \outside We are inside \outside
The boys are inside \outside Linda is inside \outside
He is inside \outside She is inside \outside
It is inside \outside

BOOk 2 LESSON 3
Summary

F. What are you doing? I’m eating lunch.

G. I’m eating lunch. I’m not eating breakfast. Are they eating lunch. No, they aren’t eating lunch. Is
Jean eating lunch. Yes, she is.
V.
buy a cumpãra; a corupe come sosit; venit
come on hai! drink a bea; bautura
eat a inghiti; a manca read a citi
study ravna; birou; studiu talk a vorbi; a conversa
an o; un; unii (inainte de vocale) bored plictisit
here aici; incoace hungry flamand; infometat
just just; corect nothing nimic
now acum apple mar
banana beef carne de vita
bread paine breakfast micul dejun
cherry cires; cirese; visin; visine chicken pui
coffee cafea egg ou
fish carne de peste; a pescui; peste food alimente; hranã
fruit fruct; rod juice suc; zeama; miez
lamb miel; om bland; miel(carne de lunch lunch; pranz; a pranzi
meal mancare; masa meat carne
orange portocal; portocala; portocaliu pear para(fruct)
pork carne de porc rice orez
salad salata; amestecatura tea ceai; infuzie
water apa; apa; a umezi; a uda
watch a pandi; a veghea; paza; atentie; ceas; paznic
Nothing much
What are you doing?

This is fish. This are eggs. This is fruit. This is salad. This is meat.
This is rice. This is bread. This is pig. This is cow. This is beef
This is lamb. This is sheep. This is chicken. This is an apple. This is an orange.
This is a pear. This is an egg. This is coffee. This is water. This is tea.
This is a banana.

I am reading. You are repeating He (she) is writing

We are listening. You are going. They are answering.
I’m not standing up. You’re not talking. He’s not eating.
She’s not reading. We’re not writing. They’re not drinking.
You aren’t walking. He isn’t writing. She isn’t sitting.
We aren’t studying. I am eating breakfast now. Am I eating breakfast now?
You are studying your lesson. Are you studying your lesson?
He (She) is listening to tapes. Is he (she) listening to tapes?
You (We; They) are watching TV. Are you ( we ; they) watching TV?

Are you studying? Yes, I am. No, I’m not.

Is he studying? Yes, he is. No, he’s not. No, he isn’t.
Is she studying? Yes, she is. No, she’s not. No, she isn’t.
Are you studying? Yes, we are. No, we’re not. No, we aren’t.
Are they studying? Yes, they are. No, they’re not. No, they aren’t.

They’re eating and drinking.

The teacher’s eating an apple. She’s eating eggs and drinking tea.
You’re drinking water. Bill’s eating oranges.

What are you doing? I’m eating. I’m listening to the radio.
I’m drinking coffee. I’m looking at the book. I’m looking at you.
I’m listening to a tape. I’m drinking tea. I’m looking at picture.
I’m eating an apple. I’m sitting in my room.

It’s a 7 o’clock.

Good morning! What time is it? It’s 7 o’clock.

What time is now? It’s 21 o’clock.
A . Let’s eat lunch. Z.Okay. Let’s eat chicken and rice.
A. Are you eating dinner, Linda? Z. Yes, I am.
A. What are you eating? Z. I’m eating fish rice and salad.
A. Are you and Mrs. Wilson drinking tea? Z. No, were not.
A. Are you drinking coffee? Z. Yes, we are.

BOOk 2 LESSON 4
Summary

G. Who’s that man? Who’s reading a book? Where are you going? What is he eating?
Let’s go to the doctor.

V.
answer a raspunde; raspuns; replica ask a invita; a intreba; a ruga; a cere
check control; verificare do a face; a infaptui; a savarsi
correct a corecta; corect different deosebit; diferit; felurit
million milion right cinstit; corect; drept
same aceeasi; acelasi; sus-numitul; identic who acela care; cine; pe cine; care; pe care wrong
eronat; incorect; rau daughter fiica
homework tema(pt acasa) husband a economisi; sot; barbat
time vreme; timp wife nevasta; sotie

It’s time for

Me, too.
You’re welcome.
Money in amounts over $1.00
Who + is = Who’s

Who’s your teacher? Who is Mr. Jackson?

Who is Ted? Ted is Mr. Jackson’s student.
Who is tired? Aldo is tired.
Who is she? She’s Betty. Who are they? They are Ted and Bill.
Who’s your friend? Aldo is my friend. Who’s tired? I’m tired.

1. Mr. Jackson is his teacher. Who is Mr. Jackson? Who is teacher?

2. Mr. Roger is their friend. Who is Mr. Roger? Who is their friend?
3. Lan and Linda are his sisters .Who are Jan and Linda? Who are his sisters?
4. Tom and John are Linda’s brothers. Who are Tom and John? Who are Linda’s brothers.

This is the Wilson family

Mr. Wilson is Mrs.Wilson’s husband. Mrs. Wilson is Mr. Wilson ‘s wife.
Jan is Mr. and Mrs. Wilson’s daughter. Linda is Mr. and Mrs. Wilson’s daughter.
Tom is Mr. and Mrs. Wilson’s son. Jon is Mr. and Mrs. Wilson’s son.
What is he eating? He’s eating breakfast.

Who’s sick today? Who is reading a book? Who is reading a book Andy is reading a book’
Who eating breakfast? My father eating breakfast.
Who writting on the chalkboard? The student writting on the chalkboard.
Who listening to tapes? The students are listening to tales?
Who’s reading a book in the library? The pilot is reading a book in the library.
Who is talking? Mr. Jackson is talking.

What is he doing? He lisening to the radio.

What are you drinking? I’m drinking coffee.
What she doing? He’s doing his homework.
What are you looking at? I’m looking at the picture.
What is Susan buying? Susan’s buying a pencil.

Where is Tom studying? He’s studying at the library.

Where’s Bill eating breakfast? He’s eating breakfast in the mess hall.
Where are Mary and Ken studying? They’re studying in the classroom.
Where Andy going? He’s going to the movie.
Where is Bob reading? He’s reading in the library.
Let’s go
A. I’m sick.
Z. Me, too. Let’s go to the dispensary.
A. It’s time for class.
Z. Let’s go.
A. I’m cold.
Z. Me, too. Let’s go inside.
A. I’m tired.
Z. Me, too. Let’s go to the barracks.
 A. It’s 12:00.
Z. Let’s eat lunch.
A. I’m hot. Z. Let’s go outside.
Z. It’s time for dinner.
Z. Let’s go to the dinner.
A. It’s 7:00.
Z. Let’s study.
A. I’m tired.
Z. Me, too. Let’s sit down.
A. It’s time for class.
Z. Let’s go.

BOOK 3 LESSON 1

F. Let’s buy at the snack bar.Okay, lets go now.

G. Tom guts up early every day.Does Ton get up early every day ?Yes,she does.
Yes, Tom gest up early every day.No, she he doen’t.No, he doesn’t get up early every day.Tom eats eggs for
breakfast.Does Tom eat breakfast ? Tom doesn’t eat fruit for breakfast.

do
don’t
doesn’t
get up
shave
aleep
swim
after
a.m.
at
before
early
every
for
hungry
in
late
p.m.
thirsty
afternoon
class
evening
lesson
midnight
night
noon
shower
snack
toast

1.It’s 12. o’clock.I’m hundry.Sue’s hungry too.It’s time for lanch.

2.It’s hot.We’re thitsty.Paul is thirsty, too.
3.John hungry.It’s not time for lunch.He.s eating a snack at the BX. The students are going to the snak
bar.They’re hungry, too.

I (You;We;They;The students) eat breakfast at the snack bar.

He(She; Linda;The boys) eats breakfast every day.

1.We eat lunch in the mess hall. 2.I go to class at 7:00

3.The students writw the answers in theier bok. 4.You put milk in your coffee.
5.I drink tea. 6.Aldo and Tom study in the library.
7.They watch TV in the barraks. 8.We buy pens and pencil in the BX.
9.Mr. and Mrs. Wilson get up at 6:00. 10 I get dressed at 6:45.

1.Tom takes a shower every day. 2.Mrs. Wilson put sugar in her tea.
3.The girl swims every Saturday. 4.Mr. Jackson shves every day.
5.His siser drinks coffee. 6.He sleeps in the barracks.
7.Mr. Wilson ats finish every Friday. 8. The student goes to the lab every day at 8:00.
I drink coffee in the baracks. He drinks koffee in the mess hall.
You go to the lab every Monday. The student goes to the lab Tuesday.
They swim every weekend. Aldo swims every Thursday.
We put sugar in our tea. The teacher puts sugar in his coffee.

1.Kim and Scott go to scholl in the morning. 2.They eat lunch at noon.
3.They swim in the afternoon. 4.They study in the evening.
5.They watch TV at night. 6.They sleep at midnight.

Before
1. Tom eats breackfast to friends before class. 2.He talks to friend brfore class.
3.He sits down before class. 4.He looks at his lesson before class.

After.
Tom swim after class. Ton goes to the baracks after the class.
Tom stands up after class. Tom does his homework after class.

Early
Tom eats breackfast early. He goes to class early in the morning.
The teaher isn’t early every day. Tom gues the te baracks early in the afternoon.

Late.
Tom does not go to class late in the morning. His friend is late every day.
 Tom swim late in the afternoon. He studies his lesson late every night.

A.Are you hungry ? Z.A. Yes, I’m .A.Me too. Let’s go to the snack bar.Z.Okay.Let’s go.
A.I’m hungry.Let’a eat lunch. Z.Okay.Ler’s go to the mess hall.
A.Let’s go to the mess hall. Z.Not, now.I’m not hungry.
A.It’s 11 o’clock.Let’s go at 12:00. Z.Okay.Let’s go at 12:00.

Tom and Bob do not eat at noon. They don’t eat at midnight.
Do + not – Don’t. Tom does not gets up at 6 o’clock. He doesn’t get up at 5 o’clock.
Does + not =Doesn’t

The boys watch tlevision. Do the boys watch television ?

Bill eats breakfast every day. Does Bill eat breakfast every day.
Do you get early ? Yes, I get up early. Yes, I do.
Does Tom get up late ?No, Tom get up late. No, he doesn’t.
He studies at night. Does he study atnight ?
We cgeck our answer.Do we check our answer ?
They listen to the radio. Do they listen to the radio ?
Tim reads his notebook. Does tim read his notebook ?

Do you get up early ? Yes, I get up early. Yes, I do.

Does tom get up early ? No, Tom doesn’t get up late. No,he doesn’t.

A.Does Tom study on weekends ? Z. No, Tom dorsn’t study on weekends.

A.Does Tom watch TV on weekends ? Z. Yes, Tom watchs on TV.
Do you to bed early every night ? No, I don’t go to bed early every night.
Does your mother buy food at the BX ? No, she doesn’t buy food at the BX.
Do you eat breakfast in the mess hall ? No, I don’t eat breackfast in the mess hall.
Pat eats toast for breackfast. She doesn’t eat toast for dinner.

BOOK 3 LESSON 2

V. Do you have a bus to Dallas today ? Yes, we do. When does leave ? In 15 minutes.
G. Who know the answer ?Wat do you eat for breackfast ?Where does Jhon study ?When does Jane
study ?How often to you eat chicken ?I never eat chicken.
V.
has
have
hear
know
learn
leave
say
see
speak
want
always
how often
never
on (days of week)
sometimes
when
airplane
Arabic
car
Chinese
English
French
French fries
Hamburger
language
plane
Russian
taxi
Spanish
train
truck
Have\has ( food) for (meal)

I have a pen. You have an apple. We have an orange. They have a radio. She has a brother. He has a book.
Do you have a pencil ? Tom studies English. Does Tom study English ? What does Tomstudy ?
Tom ges to school at 7:00. Does Tom go to school at 7:00 ? What does Tom do ?
Tom studies at the library. Does Tom stuy at the library ?Where does Tom study ?
Tom swims on Wednesdays. Does Tom swim on Wednesdays ?When does Tom swim ?
How often is she late ? How often is he late ? How often am I late ? How often are we
late ?
How often areyou late ? How often are they late ?
How often does she swim ? How often does he swim ? How often do I swim ? How often do you
eat ?
How often do we study ? How often do they study ?

BOOK 3 LESSON 3

F.Where

I am in the U.S. now. Mr.Brown is U.S. now. I was in the U.S. now. Mr.Brown was in theU.S.
now.
They are in Spain last year. John and Sue are in Spain last year. Theywere in Spain last year.
John and Sue were in Spain last year.
Was + not = Wasn’t
Were + not = Weren’t
BOOK 3 LESSON 4

I want to study. You want to eat. We want to go. They want to read.
He wants to write. She wants to speak.
I don’t want to study. You don’t want to eat. We don’t want to go. They don’t want to
rea
He dosen’t wants to write. Shedosen’t wants to speak.

Do I want to study ? Yes, I do. No, I don’t. No, I don’t want to study.
Do you want to eat ? Yes, you do. No, you don’t. No, you don’t want to eat.
Do we want to work ? Yes,we do. No, we don’t. No, we don’t want to
work.
Do they want to learn ? Yes, they do. No, they don’t. No, they don’t want to
learn.
Does he wants to write? Yes, he does. No, he doesn’t. No, he doesn’t want to
write.
Does she wants to get up ? Yes, she does. No, she doesn’t . No, she doesn’t want to
get up.
Anthony was in the Army. Was Anthony was in the Army? Who was in the Army ?
The dictionary was on the table. Was the dictionary on the table ? What was on the table ?
Jhon was at the library last night. Was Jhon at the library last night? Where was Jhon last night
?
They are at the snack bar last night. Were they at the snack bar last night ? Where were they last night
?
Jhon was at the library last night. Was Jhon at the library last night? When was Jhon at the
library ?
They are at the snack bar last night. Were they at the snack bar last night ? When were they at the
snack bar ?

BOOK 5 LESSON 1
Summary
F. What's the matter? My arm hurts.

G. Which child is sick? Do you want the red one the blue one? Did you red or write the book?
Ineed a pen or a pencil. Do you want hot or cold tea?

V. hurt a lovi; lovitura; rana; a se rani; a rani; a jigni

move a se misca; a porni
point a ascuti; a puncta; punct; varf
touch a induiosa; a pipai
about de jur imprejur; despre
large mare; larg
last cel din urma; trecut(timp); ultim(ul)
left de stanga; in/la/spre stinga; stanga; stanga(politica); trec./part.trecut dela "leave"
long indelungat; lung(spatial)
next urmator
of a(ei/lui); al; de; lui
one o; un; una; unu(numai); unul
original original; initial
right cinstit; corect; drept
short redus; scurt
sore inflamat; dureros
then atunci(pe); apoi; pe urma
with alaturi de; in grija; cu; privitor la
which care; ce anume; pe care
first in primul rand; primul; important
twelfth al doisprezecelea
1st
12th
arm
ankle glezna
body corp; organizatie; trup
bone os
date a data(o scrisoare); curmala; termen; data
ear spic; ureche
elbow cot
eyebrow arcada(arhit); spranceana
eyelash geana; geana
eyelid pleoapa
finger a atinge cu degetul; clanta; deget
fingernail unghie
foot unitate de masura(picior); picior; laba piciorului
feet plural de la foot(picior)
hand brat de semafor; flacau; a inmana; limba(la ceas); mana; mana de lucru; parte; scris; sursa de
informatie; autoritate; dibacie; autor; a expedia; laba piciorului; talent
head a fi in frunte; a fi primul; cap; minte
heel calcai; toc de pantof
knee a lovi/atinge cu genunchiul; frantura; genunchi; a ingenunchea
leg picior; suport
limb madular; a dezmembra; membru
lip buza
medicine medicina; doctorie
mouth gura
muscle muschi
nail cui; unghie
neck gat
nose nas
order ordine; serie; succesiune
part piesa; parte
shoulder a impinge cu umarul; umar

skin piele
throat gatlej
thumb a manui cu stangacie; degetul mare
toe a lovi cu varful piciorului; a se alinia la start; deget de la picior
toenail
tongue limba; grai
trunk trunchi; butuc
wrist incheietura mainii

1.This a body. Our bodies Have: a head, a trunk, a limbs.

2. The limbs are the arms and the legs. We have a right arm, a right leg, a left arm, and a left leg.
3. Inside our body, we have bones. We have muscles, too. These are arm muscles.4. Skin is on the outside.
Skin is on the outside the arm.
1. We have tow eyebrows.
2. The eyelashes are on the eyelids.
3. We see with our ears.
4. We open and close our with our eyelids.
5. We hear with our ears.
6. We have nose.
7. We have one moth too.
8. The lips are outside the mouth.
9. The tongue is inside the mouth.
10. The neck join the head to the body.
11. The throat is inside the neck.
This is an arm
1. It begins with the shoulder.
2. This is the elbou.
3. This is the wrist.
4. This is the hand.
5. The hand has five fingers.
6. And five nails or fingernails.
7. Two fingers are thumbs.
This is a leg
1. This is a kneee.
2. This is a ankle.
3. This is a foot. We have two feet.
4. This is a heel.
5. We have ten toes.
6. The toes have toenaiols.

-What's the matter with Jack?

-He hurt his knee last night.His knee is very sore.
-Did he go the doctor?
-Yes, he did. Jack must take his medicine for two days. The doctor wants to see Jack again in to days.

-What's wrong, John?

- My right arm is very sore.
-Did you play tennis last night again?
-Yes, I did.
- Here. Put this medicine on the your arm.
-Thanks, Mark.

Danny' s clothes are small. They're small clothes.

Bill's T-shirt is large. It's a large T-shirt.
Eva sometimes wears short dresses. She wore a long dress to the dance last month.

Which do you want? Which book do you want?

-Which book are you reading?
-I'm reading the new one. The one I bought on Saturday.
-Is that the one about the military?
- Yes, that's the one.

Here are the ties you wanted to see.

-Thank you.
Witch ones do you like?
- I like the yellow one and the blue one. I don't like rhe purple ones.

What is the first month of the year? January is the first month of the year.
What is the first day of the week? Sunday is the first day of tha week.

Buy a razor at the store or at the BX.

They eat at the snack bar or the mess hall.
I didn't see John or Betty.
You may read a book or watch TV.
Don't drink or eat in the classroom.
They din't have a small or a large shoes.
Are you going to the store or to the library.
She cantouch or point to her head.
He can stidy the first or the last lesson.

Do you have a pen or a pencil. You have a pencil.

Okay is red or blue? It's blue.
It's it large or small? It's small.
It's not small.It's large.

BOOK 5 LESSON 2
Summary

F. Where can towel in the bathroom. You can get some at the BX.
G. There's a towel in the bathroom. There are two wascloths, too. Do you have some money? No,
I don't have any money.
John can buy soap at the drugstore. I see a litte coffee and a few cups on the table. You have a lot
of books! Yes, I have lots of books.

V.
brush a peria; perie
can a fi in stare; bidon; conserva; a putea
change rest; schimb; a schimba; schimbare
comb
dry\dried a se usca; a seca; secat; uscat
get\got a dobandi; a primi; a castiga; a obtine
need a avea nevoie; nevoie
rinse a clati; a limpezi
wash a curata; a spala; spalare
a few
a little
a lot of
any clean
dirty murdar; obscen; josnic
lot of o multime de
only singur(numai); unic
some catva; niste; ceva; unii; unele
there be
barbershop frizerie
bathroom baie(camera de)
birthday zi de nastere
butter a unge cu unt; unt
chalk a insemna(cu creta); creta; a scrie
drugstore
face
grocery store farmacie(amer)
hair par; par(fir de); blana; puf
 haircut
mirror a reflecta; oglinda
pepper piper; a pipera; ardei rosu
poket
salad salata; amestecatura
sink
shampoo
soap sapun; a sapuni; lingusire
subject tema; materie; supus
sugar a indulci; zahar; lingusire
thing lucru; obiect
toilet gateala; toaleta
toilet paper
tooth\teeth dinte; gust
tootpaste pasta de dinti
toothbrush periuta de dinti
topic subiect; tema
towel prosop
washcloth
Paul's face is dirty.He goes to the batroom to clean up.
He washes hies face with soap. Next he rinses hia face with clean water.
He dries his face with a towel.He brushes his teeth.He doesn't bruch one tooth; he brushes all his teeth..
Paul combs his haior with brown comb.His face and teeth clean now.
Bob's hair is long. He need a haircut. He always gets a haircut at tony's Barbershop.
Bob needs to buy shampoo.He buys his shampoo at the drugstore.
There is/ there are
There + be is used to say that something exists.
There is a book on your desk. There are three pens under the table.
There + is = there’s There + are = there’re
Is ther a map on the wall? Yes, there is. No, there isn’t.
Ate there desks in the clasroom? Yes, there are. No there aren't.
There are the desk in classroom.
There's a chalkboard, too.
Are there students in the classroom? Yes, there are.
Is there a teacher in the classroom? Yes, there is.
Are ther cars in the classroom? No, there aren't.
There was a good show on TV last night.
There were two good movies on TV on Saturday.

Carol sometimes eats soupo for lunch. She likes to put salt and pepper in her soup.
Carol likes butter an her bread. She likes to put sugar in her tea.

Some/ any Statement: Bill has some money.

Negative: Bill doesn.t have any money.
Question: Does Bill have some money.
- Do uyou want some soup for lunch, Ted?
-No, I don't want any soup, Mother. Thanks. Is there any fruit?
-Yes, there is some fruit.. Do you want some tea?
-Do you have any cold tea?
- Yes. Do you want some sugar, too?
Yes, thank you , Mother.

Can is used to meanpossibility. Staetment: You can buy shoes at a shoe store.
Negative: You can’t buy a car at the aaaaaaaaaabx.
Question: Can you get a haircut on Saturday?
Yes, you can.No, you can’t.
Where can we go this weekend ? To Dallas.We can go to Dallas.
-What do you want to do this weekend?
- What can we do?
- Where can we go?
-We can go to Austin. Whwn can we go?
-We can go to Houston or Augustin?
-We can go on Saturday morning.
-All right.
a lot/ of lots /of some
a few: desk, pencils, students, teachers, chaires, books, stores, clothes, dollars, apples, etc.
a little: salat, sugar, soup, shampoo, toothpaste, butter, soap, orange juice,milk, water, rice,money, fruit,
meat,

BOOK 5 LESSON 3
Summary

F. Good morming.May help you? Yes, I want to go to New York.

G. The Hunters will go to Disney World in the summer.

Will the children see Mickey Mouse? Yes, they will.
Will they be sad? No, they won't.
When will they depart? They'll leave in August.
V.

arrive a ajunge; a sosi

button a coase nasturi; buton; nasture
come back a se inapoia; a se intoarce
depart a se duce; a pleca
go back
went back
meet indicat; a intalni
pack haita; pachet
pick up a relua
push a grabi; a impinge
return a se intoarce; intoarcere
shampoo sampon; spalatul parului
sharpen a deveni taios; a ascuti
turn a intoarce; a invarti
turn of a stinge; a opri
turn on a deschide; a aprinde
won't
first in primul rand; primul; important
from din; de la; de
in in; la; din
next urmator
push button buton de comanda; mecanism mecanizat
off incolo; liber(timp); departe
on in; pe; la
one-way bilet simpla calatorie; sens unic
round trip bilet dus-intors
together impreuna; laolalta
tonight asta seara; noaptea asta
airline
airport aeroport
cuff catusa; manseta; a palmui
customer client
departure plecare; deviere
flight trecere rapida a timpului; zbor; avant
gate poarta; intrare
graduation absolvire

phone telefon; a telefona

reservation rezervatie
school scoala; instructie
sharpener ascutitoare; tocilar; tocila
suitcase valiza; geamantan
ticket bon; bilet
travel agency
travel agent
travel a calatori; calatorie
trip excursie; calatorie
twin geaman; a ingemana; pereche
zipper fermoar

graduate absolvent; licentiat; titrat; a absolvi; a da o diploma; a grada

pull a baga la zdup; a-si atrage; a trage un fum; canotaj; a cara; a daraci; dusca;
entorsa;protectie; a rupe; snur; spalt; a tara; a se urni; a vasli; a zmuci; atractie; tras; fum
gros; a extinde; a extrage; a trage; a culege; efort; avantaj; miner
 will ai sa; are sa; aveti sa; o sa; pofta; vei; veti; vointa; vor; dorinta
stop a intrerupe; a plomba; popas; pauza; statie de autobuz; a opri; oprire
call a chema; chemare; convorbire telefonica; a striga
handle a face negot cu; coada; a manevra; maner; toarta; a rezolva; a trata; a discuta; a conduct
conducere; comportare; a dirija; a conduce
instruction indicatii; instructie; dispozitii; invatamant
key cheie; tasta; clapa; cheia exercitiilor; solutie; tonalitate (muzica)
knob ciot; maner(sferic la usi); nod
lock a trece printr-o ecluza; bucla; ecluza; a incuia; lacat; smoc; blocare(a circulatiei)

This telephone ha sbuttons. It's a push button phone. You push buttons to call.We want to go to Maiami.We
want to take a trip to Ma iami. Visit your travel agency for long trips. Travel agents help their customers.
Select the airline for airplane trips. Then buy a ticket fot the trip. Call your travel agent or an airline to make
plane reservations. Pick up the ticket at the teavel agency. Pack your suitcases.

Ann went to the store and came back. She's here now.
Yhey went to Miami last year. They want to go back. Linda went back to New York after few days.
Ann went to the store and returned in thirsty minutes.I towant return this book to the library.
I jave a round trip ticke\t to Augustin. I want to come back tomoroow.

Making reservations

- World Airlines, may help you?

- Yes, I want to make a reservation, please. I want to go to Maiami on the 5th of Octomber.
-Do you want to go in the morning, in the afternoon, or in the evening?
-In the afternoon.
-We have two flights in the afternoon. The first flight departs at 3:00p.m. and arrives at 9:00.The second one
departs at 4:00 p.m. and arrives in Miami at 2:00.
-I want the one at 3:300.Can you tell me the times again?
-Okay. It's Flight o98 and it departs at the 3:300 p.m. from San Antonio.It arrines in Miami at 9:10.Do you
want a one-way or a round-trip ticket?
-A round-trip ticket. How much is it?
-$456, Okay.I'm making the reservation for you right now. You can pick up your ticket tomorrow.
--Can I pick up the day after tomorrow?
-Yes, you can pick it up any time after tomorrow.
-Thank you.
- Thank you for calling World Travel Agency.

-Wester Airlines.May I help you?

-I want to make a reservation to New York, please.
-When do you want leave?
-The last Friday of the month.
_Morning and afternoon?
-After 22:00 in the afternoon.
-Flight 67 leaves at 4:45 p.m.
 When does it arrive in New York?
-Arrival time is 10:45p.m.
-Okay. Put me on that flight.
Linda's trip
Linda lives in New York. She wants to take a trip to San Antonio. She wants to visit her friend, Mary. Last
week, Linda made reservations. She called Globe Travel Agency. Linda is an old customers of this agency.
The agents know Linda well. Linda picked up her ticket yesterday. Right now she's packing her suitcases.

Will is used to express future time.Statement: John will work tomorrow night.
Jhon will be here tomorrow.
Negative: Jhon will not work tomorrow night.
John will not be here tomorrow.
I (You;He;She;It;We;We;They) will I’ll you’ll he’ll she’ll it’ll we’ll you’ll they’ll
Will + not = won’t

Will John work tomorrow night? Yes, he will. No, he won't.

When will John be back? Tomorrow night.He'll be back tomorrow night.
What time will the plane arrive? At eight. It'll arrive at eight.
Where will you be this weekend? At home.I'll be at home.
We'll go to Florida..
Tom and Linda will see Disney World.
Mary will buy T-shirt and caps for the children.
Sue and I will visit our friend Sam in Miami.
Dad will see the Miami Dolphins.
He'll do to one of their games.
We will be back in three week.
Dad will call our travel agent tomorrow.
Mom will pack our suitcases.

Will you see a movie this Saturday? No, I won't.

Will you go to a restaurant? Yes, I will.
Will you go to a game? No, I won't.
Will you go to store? Yes, I wiil.
Will you watch TV? No, I won't.

BOOK 5 LESSON 4
I’LL BUY A GALLON OF MILK

F Where will you be Saturday morning? I’ll be at the commissary.

GThere’s a desk in the room. It’s the teacher’s desk.Does she have to go to the store? No, she doesn t have
to.How much sugar do you want? How many students does he have?
I don’t want much sugar. Re has many students.
1. Get two slices of bread.
2. Put cheese between them. 3. Eat your sandwich.
_________

bar
bean
bottle
bowl
cake
can
candy
carrot
cheese
chocolate
cookie
corn
cup
dessert
dial
dial tone
dish
dozen
gallon/gal.
Glass
ham
ice
cream
kilo( gram) /kg.
lettuce
onion
ounce/oz.
Paper
Pie
piece
pint/pt.
potato pound/lb.
quart/qt.
receiver
sandwich
slice
squash
tomato
ton
tube
vanilla
vegetable
dial have to make

among between half many much

 HE’S AN AGENT.
1. Robert is an agent. He’s a travel agent.
2 .He has an office downtown.
3. His brother Henry is an enlisted man in the Army.
4. Robert visits Henry an evening a month.
5. They visit together for an hour. Then they go to a restaurant.
MARY ANN IS COOKING A BIG MEAL.
Write an or a on the lines.
1. Mary Ann needs ____ onion, ____ wants to make potato salad.

2. She’s cooking ___ big dinner for Pam and Rob.

3. Rob is ____ airman. Pam works in ____ office.

4. They will have ___ good meal. Mary Ann is ___good cook.

5. Rob and Pam will come in hour.

1.A student is outside.
The student from England is outside.
2. There’s a desk in the room. The desk belongs to Jack.
3.A student is sleeping in the barracks.
The new student is sleeping in the barracks.
4. There are two classrooms in Building D. He locked the classrooms in Building D.
5. She bought some onions.
She put the onions on the table.
THEY HAVE MANY CHILDREN. THEY DON’T HAVE MUCH MONEY.
1. She has many shoes.
2. He doesn’t have many clothes.
3. Do they have many children?
4. They can’t play many sports.
5. Ted doesn’t have much time.
6. The bottle doesn’t have much milk in it.
7. Will you have much homework this weekend?
8. Did Jane have much money in her pocket?

THERE ARE MANY STUDENTS HERE.

Listen as your teacher reads a sentence. Then change the sentence using “many”. Look at the pattern.
PATTERN: There are a lot of bottles over there. There are many bottles over there.

WE DON’ T HAVE MUCH HOMEWORK.

Answer the questions with “No” and negative complete answers. Use “much” in your answer.
EXAMPLES:
Do you have a lot of work right now?
No, I don’t have much work right now.
Did you have much work last year?
No, I didn’t have much work last year.
Is there a lot of sugar in the tea?
No, there isn’t much sugar in the tea.
1.Is there a lot of shampoo in the bottle?
2.Did she put much pepper in the soup?
3.Do you have lots of money in your pocket?
4.Is there much salt in the soup?
5.Is there a lot of fruit on the table?
6.Did he put much butter on the bread?
7. Did he drink a lot of juice this morning?
8.Will she eat much food tomorrow morning?
9.Did the barber put lots of soap on his face?

Will you graduate this Friday? No, I won’t. I’ll graduate in one week.
Where will you go after graduation? I’ll go to my country for one month.
Where will you go after that? I’ll go to France.
Will you be in France in November? Yes, I will.
Linda and I will go to Germany in November. Will you come to France?
Yes, we’ll go and visit you.

IN TEN YEARS, I WILL HAVE A LOT OF MONEY.

Ask and answer these questions with a classmate.
Where will you be next year?
Will you take any trips next year? Where?
Will you do the same work?
Where will you be in ten years?
Will you live in the same house?

HOW’S THE WEATHER?

BOOK 6 S LESSON 1
FUNCTION

Jan: It’s cloudy. Do you think it will rain?

Joe: No, I don’t think it’ll rain.
CRAMMAR
How was your food? It was very good, thank you.
I think (that) Ted will come tomorrow.

SKILLS
I like rain.
He doesn’t like snow.
Listen and write the number.
Scan and answer.
gr ade
VOCABULARY

cry/cried get/got [become] rain shine/shone snow think/thought (about)

clear
cloudy
dry how nice rainy sunny upset wet windy
change cloud grade rain raincoat
score shower ~ky snow storm
sun sunshine umbrella
weather
A CHANGE IN THE WEATHER
Repeat the words and sentences.
I,
1. sun shine/shone
sky clear sunshine

It’s 10:00 a.m. The sun is shining. The sky is clear. The sunshine is warm.
Then read the sentences.
2. cloud cloudy
get/got
windy
It’s noon. There are a few clouds in the sky. It’s getting cloudy and windy.
3. rain

It’s 3:00 p.m. now. It’s very cloudy. It’ll rain in a few minutes.
4. rain
It’s 3:20 p.m. It’s raining. The rain started 10 minutes ago.

A SUMMER SHOWER
Repeat the underlined words and sentences. sentences.

1. shower/a rain shower

2. storm/a rainstorm
A shower is a short rain. We have many showers in the spring.
3. snow
Rainy and windy weather make a rainstorm. Sometimes we have storms in the summer.

The rain changes to snow in the winter. It snows in many cities in

the U.S.
Listen to the paragraph; then read it.
Linda got up early this morning. She took a shower and had breakfast. She studied for her

Spanish test for an hour. At 9 o’clock, she looked out the window. It was very cloudy. It started to

rain in a few minutes. She had to leave at 9:30. Her test was at 10:00 a.m. She didn’t want to get wet.

She put on her raincoat and her boots. She took her umbrella and walked to school. She arrived at

school at 9:50. She went to her classroom and took off her raincoat. Her clothes were dry. She was

all right.
LINDA WALKED TO CLASS IN THE RAIN.
HOW’S THE WEATHER?
Repeat and read the questions and answers.
1. How’s the weather? It’s rainy today.
2. How was the cake last night? It was good.
 3. How’S your ankle? It hurts.
4. How are you? I’m bored.
5. How’s your class? It’s a good class.
6. How was the weather in Houston? It was nice and clear.
7. How were your brothers and sisters? They were all fine.
8. How’s your new teacher? She’s very nice.
9. How are your two sons? They’re fine, thank you.
10. How was the weather on the weekend? It was sunny and warm.
THINK ABOUT YOUR TEST, JOHN.

Listen to the conversation; then read it and answer your instructor’ s questions.
“Where are you going, John?” asked Mr. Stars.

“I’m going to the movies with my friends, Dad.”

“When will you study for your math test?”

“I don’t know,” said John.

“Well, think about your test, John. Do you want to get a good grade or go to the movies?”

John thought a minute and then answered, “You’re right, Dad. I want to get a good grade. I

can go to the movies on the weekend.”10.

WHAT DO YOU THINK?

I think it’ll snow this year.

Mary didn’t think the weather was nice.
Becky thinks she’ll get a good grade.
I don’t think we’ll go to Chicago this summer.
Becky thought the test was last Friday.
Tom doesn’t think the food at that restaurant is good.
We think Mr. Brown is a good teacher.
He doesn’t think he’ll go to the movies tonight.
They didn’t think the soccer game was very good.
Mary thinks John can speak three languages.
I THINK SHE’S HUNGRY.

Make a sentence with think.

She’s hungry. (I)

I think she’s hungry.
I think that she’s hungry.

The teacher’s not angry. (Ann)

Ann doesn’t think the teacher’s angry.
Ann doesn’t think that the teacher’s angry.
1. Pat’s tired. (I)
2. Mary is angry. (Bob)
3. He can go to the barbershop tomorrow.
4. Linda was upset. (teacher)
5. Jan will get a good grade on the test.
(my brother)

6. That’s a nice car. Whose car is it?

7. I’ll visit Spain in September. How will the weather be?

8. The airman went to the hospital. How is he?

IT’S COLD IN NEW YORK IN THE WINTER.

Dick: It’s nice to see you, Ben.

Ben: Dick! I didn’t think you were in town.
Dick: I came back from my trip yesterday.
Ben: How was the weather in New York?
Dick: Cold. There was a big snowstorm.
Ben: Err! Do you think you want to live in New York?
Dick: No, I think I just want to visit.
Ben: Me, too. And only in the summer.

HOW DID YOU GET THERE?

BOOK 6 LESSON 2
Would you Yes, I’ll
like to order have the beef
now?
and potatoes.
Anything else? No, nothing else.
-GRAMMAR
did you get to Dallas? went there by bus.

you hear anything? nothing.

What would you like to see?
I’d like to see a movie.
Come with us.
Don’t listen to him.
I sawG~I~7jdo it.
SKILLS
rain_(‘oat
(~.ut
Select the topic.

Circle the same phrase.

Circle the word that doesn’t belong.

V3CABULARY
cut/cut get/got [arrive] get in/got in get off/got of f get on/got on leave/left [allow to
remain]
order travel would like (to)

anything else leave a tip nothing else something else

anything awful by (plane, delicious
her him home later me nothing something sure them
us without
33
etc.)
blade
boat
check fork helicopter home
house j et knife/knives menu napkin plate ship spoon vehicle
waiter waitress

ME, HIM, HER, THEM, US

1. Does John know Mary?

No, he doesn’t know her.
2. Do you know Frank? Yes, I know him.
3. When did he call you?
He called me last night.
4. Where did you meet Sally? I met her at the library.
5. Where will you talk to John? I’ll talk to him in class.
6. Where did Bill see Ruth? He saw her at the movies.
7. Mary was here Friday. Did you see her?
8. When did you visit mother and father?
I visited them last night.

9. When did the teacher speak to you and John?

He spoke to us yesterday.

10. Did the teacher want to talk to Tom and Mary? Yes, he wanted to talk to them.
I DIDN’T SEE HIM.
Answer your teacher’s questions. Use the word you hear and me, you, him, her, it, them, or us in your answers.
EXAMPLES:
Did you see John yesterday? (yes)
Yes, I saw him.

HE WALKED TO SCHOOL WITH ME.

1. John and I walk to school. John walks to school with me.

2. I talk to Mary on the phone. I talk to her on the phone.
3. We look at the teacher in class. We look at him in class.
4. I’m after you.
5. They went before us.
6. The book is under the chair. The book is under it.
7. We bought this book for you. It’s from us.

HOW DID THEY GET HERE?

Repeat these sentences.

1. How did Ann go downtown? She went by taxi.
2. How did the teacher come to class? He came by car.
3. How did you come to San Antonio? I came by plane.
4. How can I get downtown? You can get downtown by bus.
5. How does Frank get to the base every day? He gets here by bus.
6. How did they get to the small town? They got there by helicopter.
7. How did you come to this country? I came here by ship.
8. How are you going to Houston next week? I’m going by train.

9. How did you get to Europe last year? We got there by jet.
10. How did those soldiers get here? They got here by truck.
HOW DID YOU GET DOWNTOWN?

Answer the questions. Use the words in ( ).

1. How does she go to town? (bus)
2. How did they go to the airport? (taxi)
3. How will they travel to their country? (plane)
CAN WE READ THESE LATER?
Repeat the words. Read the sentences.
1. sure
I know he’s here. I’m sure.
He’ll leave tomorrow. That’s for sure.
Do you want to go? Sure.
2. later
Will you come back later? Yes, I’ll return in an hour. Okay, see you later.
3. delicious
The food in this restaurant is good.
The chicken was delicious.
4. awful
The French fries at the snack bar are awful.
The weather was bad yesterday. It was awful.
It’s delicious.
They’re bad.
THE FOOD THERE IS DELICIOUS.
Read the paragraph.
Then ask and answer the questions.
Lt Lamb will go back to his base tomorrow morning. He and his family will go to a restaurant later this

evening. They’ll go to a Mexican restaurant. They know the cooks, the waiters, and waitresses in that restaurant. They

know the menu very well. The food is always delicious. It’s never awful. They think that their food will be good.

They’re sure that it’ll be delicious.

Repeat the sentences.
1. We’d like some breakfast.
2. Would he like some water? Yes, he’d like some cold water.
3. They’d like to order now.
4. What would you like to do? I’d like to travel to your country.
5. What would you like for dinner?
6. Would you like some vanilla ice cream? Yes, I’d like some.
7. When would you like to eat?

I’D LIKE... .1 WANT....

Listen to a sentence and change it. Use would like in your sentence.
PATTERN: I want some chicken. I’d like some chicken.

SOMETHING
ANYTHING
DO YOU WANT ANYTHING?

Read these sentences.

1. Does your friend want something? No, he doesn’t want anything.
2. I want something for dessert. Would you like some ice cream?
3. Would you like to buy something? Yes, I need a pen.
4. I heard something. No, I didn’t.
Did you hear anything?
5. Did you buy anything? Yes, I bought something.
6. I saw something. I didn’t see anything.

NOTHING
7. Can you think of something?
Yes, I’ll think of something.
8. Did you buy anything?
No, nothing. I didn’t buy anything.
9. I want to do something tonight. Let’s go to a movie.
10. Are you doing anything this weekend? No, let’s do something.
DO YOU WANT SOMETHING TO DRINK?
Ask and answer questions like the examples. Use anything, something, or nothing and the word
that is given.
EXAMPLES:
buy
Did you buy anything? Yes, I bought something.
learn
Did you learn something? No, I didn’t learn anything.

SOMETHING ELSE
ANYTHING ELSE
NOTHING ELSE
Read the sentences.
1. Jim studied all weekend. He didn’t do anything else.
2. I don’t like coffee. Is there anything else to drink?
3. John’s blue suit was dirty. He had to wear something else.
4. I saw that movie last week. Can we see something else?
5. There’s only one desk in the room. There’s nothing else.
 ANYTHING ELSE?

Do you want anything else, sir? No, nothing else. Thank you.

Do you want something else, ma’am? Yes, please bring me a glass of water.

And you? Do you need anything else? No, thank you. I don’t want anything else.
HE ORDERED FISH.

Waiter: Would you like to order now?

John: Yes. I’ll have the fish and a salad.
Waiter: What would you like to drink?
John: I’ll have a glass of tea.

Waiter: Would you like anything else?

John: I’ll order dessert later.
Waiter: All right, sir.
LATER

Waiter: Would you like to order some dessert now?

John: Yes, I’ll have a dish of vanilla ice cream.
Waiter: Do you want anything to drink?
John: Yes, please bring me some coffee, too.
Waiter: Anything else?
John: No. Just bring me the check, please.

. Where’s the post office?

to ~st Street arid turn right. It’s near the bank.

Tom mailed a package to his brother.
He mailed his brother a package.
Linda also sent him a package.
asked What’s the topic? Give and act out instructions.
-VOCABULARY
you get any mail today?
~i questions can you answer?
deliver finish give/gave mail pick out send! sent show sign
also crowded near
cash a check in line write a check
address bank check driver’s license enve lope help identification letter tmai3-] mail
mailman money order
65
package people postcard post office return address stamp
state street teller traveler’s check
-FUNCTION

HE LIKES TO WRITE LETTERS.

 1. letter 2. address envelope

street state
Sgt Kelly writes a letter to his wife every week.
He writes her address on an envelope. She
lives in a house on Jones Street. It’s a street
in San Antonio, a city in the state of Texas.
near

He writes his return address on the envelope. He puts the letter in the envelope and puts a stamp on the envelope.
67
Then he mails the letter at the post office near the base.
3. return address stamp 4. mail post office
Listen to the paragraph. Then read it.
Sgt Kelly needs to go to the post office today. He wants to mail the letter to his wife and a

package to his son. Sgt Kelly bought a sweater for Bobby. He picked out a red and white one. He thinks

that his son will like it. Bobby’s birthday will he in three days. Sgt Kelly needs to send the package

today.

In two days, the mailman will deliver the package to his home address. The mailman will give

the package to Mrs. Kelly. She won’t give it to Bobby that day. She’ll give it to him on his birthday.
HE’S GOING TO THE POST OFFICE.
Answer these questions.
1. What does Sgt Kelly need to do at the post office?
2. Which sweater did Sgt Kelly choose for Bobby?
3. What does he need to do today?
4. What will the mailman do in two days?
5. Will Mrs. Kelly give the package to Bobby the same day?

CAN YOU BUY A MONEY ORDER FOR ME?

I’m going to the post office right now. Do you need anything from the post office, Captain?

Yes, can you buy a money order for me, and can you mail these postcards?

Oh, sure. How much do you need the money order for? Just $15.00. Here, I’ll give you some money. Do you want me

to mail it?

Yes, here’s an envelope with the name and address. Thanks, Kelly.
NDIRECT OBJECT
Some verbs are followed by two objects: a direct object and an indirect object. When the
indirect object is second, the preposition “to” or “for” is often used.
 I WROTE HIM A LETTER.

Read the sentences.

1. I gave ten dollars to Paul. I gave Paul ten dollars.
2. Did you get any ice cream for the children? Did you get the children any ice cream?
3. The waitress didn’t bring a glass of water for Ted. The waitress didn’t bring Ted a glass of water.
4. He sent pictures of Saudi Arabia to the class. He sent the class pictures of Saudi Arabia.
5. Tom’s brother bought a new radio for him. Tom’s brother bought him a new radio.
6. They want to buy dinner for us tonight. They want to buy us dinner tonight.
7. Please give some money to me. Please give me some money.
8. I can’t send any money to you now. I can’t send you any money now.
9. When did the teacher give the test to him? When did the teacher give him the test?
10. Where can I mail a letter to her? Where can I mail her a letter?
HE SOLD A RECORD TO HIM.
Change these sentences. Use an indirect object after the verb in the new sentence.

EXAMPLE: She mailed a letter to him. She mailed him a letter.

1. Please show your I.D. card to me.

2. Tom mailed a postcard to Ted.

3. Mary cooked a delicious dinner for us.

4. Did you write a letter to your father?

5. Give this dollar to Linda, please.

6. Did Jan buy a new coat for her sister?

7. I ordered a cup of coffee for you.

8. The teacher gave a test to the students.

9. Did Sue give her telephone number to you?

10. My mother sent this box of fruit to me.

THEY DIDN’T GIVE ME ANY MONEY.
Change the sentences. Make them negative and use the words in ( ).

EXAMPLE: The waiter brought me a fork. (spoon) He didn’t bring me a spoon.

1. The teacher gave him a good grade. (bad grade)

2. Karen and Bill sent us a postcard. (letter)
3. The teacher got me a different textbook. (dictionary)
4. I ordered you a piece of pie for dessert. (any ice cream)
5. The sergeant can give you a new name tag. (uniform)
6. Ted’s father will buy him a bus ticket. (train ticket)
7. The dentist gives the children toothbrushes. (any candy)
8. Mr. and Mrs. Allen mailed their son books. (any money)
9. The teacher gave the students a short quiz. (long test)
10. The mailman will leave you some letters. (big package)
 AT THE BANK

in line 2. people crowded

Tom and Jan are in the bank. They’re standing in line.
3. teller cash a check

Jan gets to the teller first. She wants to cash a check. She needs $30.00.
There are a lot of people in the bank. The bank is crowded.
4. write/wrote a check
sign
Jan writes a check to the bank. She puts the date and “$30.00” on it and then signs her name.

1. bank

5. identification
The teller needs to see some identification.
7. finish
driver’s license
Jan shows the teller her driver’s license.
8. traveler’s checks
Jan and the teller finish. Jan takes her money and leaves, and the teller helps the next customer.
Tom is next. He wants to buy traveler’s checks for a trip.

6. show
r

ALSO = TOO
THIS IS ALSO AN EXERCISE.

Repeat these sentences.

1. I’m tired.
She’s also tired.
2. Sam will be a pilot.
Peter will also be a pilot.
3. Mary wants cake for dessert.
John also wants cake for dessert.
4. Mrs. Wilson bought meat at the commissary. She also bought some fruit there.
MARY IS A CIVILIAN.
JOHN IS ALSO A CIVILIAN.
Make a statement with also and the word in ( ).
EXAMPLE: My father speaks Spanish. (French) My father also speaks French.
1. Mary’s angry. (John)
2. Jan will watch TV. (Linda)
3. Ken is a mechanic. (his brother)
4. Tom and Jan are studying tonight. (Jim and Bill)
5. She gave the children milk. (some cookies)
6. Dan will send me a postcard. (package)
7. Tom can play baseball well. (tennis)
8. Ted ordered soup for lunch. (a sandwich)
 9. Bill can drive to Chicago. (New York)
10. Ann went to the commissary. (BX)
WHERE’S THE POST OFFICE?
Repeat the dialogs. Then recite one of them.
Paul: Excuse me. Is the post office near here?
Dave: No, the post office is downtown.
Paul: What street is it on?
Dave: It’s on First Street.
Paul: Is the bank near the post office?
Dave: Yes, it’s between First Street and Second Street.
Bob: Excuse me. Where’s the bank?
Dan: Do you want to go to a bank downtown?
Bob: No, I want to go to the bank on the base.
Dan: That bank’s near the BX and the commissary.
Bob: Can I walk there from here?
Dan: Yes, you can get there in ten minutes.
EXCUSE ME, WHERE’S THE POST OFFICE?

You’ll see the

1. The language lab is near the library.
2. The post office is between 1st Street and 2nd Street.
3. The commissary is next to the BX.
4. Walk to Banner Street and turn right. library on your right.
5. The mess hail is on Banner Street next to the barracks.

6. Go to Andrews Street and turn left. The dispensary is between 2nd and 3rd Streets.
7. Go to 1st Street and turn left. the Locator.
The past office is next to
INSTRUCTIONS

Watch these instructions being acted out.

CASHING A CHECK

1. Take a check from your checkbook.

2. Write the date on the check.
3. Write the number of dollars and cents on
4. Sign your name on the check.
5. Give the check to the teller.
6. Show the teller your identification card.
7. Take the money and your I.D. card and put pocket.t
MAILING A LETTER
1. Write the letter and sign it.
2. Put the letter in an envelope.
3. Close the envelope.
4. Write the address on the envelope.
5. Write the return address there, too.
6. Put the stamp on the letter.
7. Take the letter to the post office.
 BOOK 6 LESSON 4
Ron: Why did you take your vacation in California?
Mary: Because it’s near the ocean, and it has tall mountains.
CRAMMAR
Why are you late? Because I didn’t look at the clock.
Jan mailed the letters, and I mailed the packages.
We bought a lot of postcards, but we never mailed them.

Select the questions.

Which phrase is the same?
Which word doesn’t belong?
plea ~ e
airplane baseball civil ian

VOCABULARY
check in check out load relax rest smile stay

at first at last go sightseeing

take (a) picture(s) of take a rest take a vacation
because but final for long (trip/time) overnight short (trip/time) why
camera film hotel
lake
mountain
ocean
rest roll (of) spoonful state tree vacation
91
A VACATION IN CALIFORNIA
I NEED A VACATION.
Repeat and read these words and sentences.
1. vacation
Every year, they work 49 weeks. They’re on vacation three weeks.
Mr. and Mrs. White will take a vacation.
He was tired. He’s resting now.. and Mrs. White need some rest.
They’ll take a rest in two minutes.
The Atlantic Ocean is between Europe and America.
Last year, they took their vacation near the ocean.
mountain Those mountains are very tall.
In the winter, there is a lot of

snow on the mountains.

There are many trees on the
mountains.

6. lake
There are boats on the lake.

People like to swim in the lake.

7. stay~overnight
Mr. and Mrs. White will arrive in San Francisco on Tuesday. They’ll stay there Tuesday night and leave on
Wednesday.
They’ll only be in San Francisco overnight.

8. go sightseeing
They want to go sightseeing in
San Francisco.
Last year they went sightseeing in Los Angeles and took a lot of’ pictures.
Mrs. White:
Then read it.
Where do you want to go on our vacation?
I don’t want to go to the ocean. We went there last year, and it was very hot.
What would you like to do?
This year I’d like to go to Lake Sunshine. It’s in the mountains, and the weather is always cool. I hear a lot of
nice things about that lake.
Yes, many people like it. It’s large, and the water’s clear and cold. The trees there are tall and always green.
All right. After we rest at the lake, we can go to San Francisco and stay overnight.
I’d like that. I always like to go sightseeing in San Francisco.
LET’S GO TO THE MOUNTAINS.
NEED RESERVATIONS AT A HOTEL.

Hotel Clerk:
Hotel Royale, may I help you?
This is Ben White. I’d like to make a reservation. My wife and I need a room. We’d like to stay at the hotel
from the third to the eighth of August.
Okay. A room for two people for five days. Will you check in in the morning or in the afternoon?
We’ll be there in the afternoon of the third. We’ll check out on the eighth in the morning.
Very good, sir. Royale.
Thank you for calling Hotel
Mr. White:
Why are you smiling?
Because our vacation begins tomorrow. We can relax
at last. This is for you.
What is it?
A camera and five rolls of film!
And here are the instructions. to load the film.
They tell you how
Thanks. Now I can take lots of pictures.
SHE’S SMILING.
ANN CAN DANCE, AND BILL CAN DANCE, TOO.
I. Ann likes to dance, and Bill likes to dance, too.
2. She bought a new dress, and he bought a new suit.
3. John wore his raincoat, and I took my umbrella.
4. Jan got a letter from a friend, and her sister read it.
5. Mark came to class late, and the teacher was angry.
6. Lee can speak Spanish, and her sister can speak French.

7. We went to the BX yesterday, and I cashed a check.

8. We called a travel agent, and she made our reservations.
9. I ate chicken for lunch, and I had it for dinner, too.
10. They finished their meal, and the waiter brought the check.
I HAD THE FILM, AND TED HAD THE CAMERA.
EXAMPLE: I bought the film. Ted loaded the camera. I bought the film, and Ted loaded the camera.
1. Jack cashed a check. I wrote one, too.
2. We took a taxi downtown. They took the bus.
3. Mike’s in the Army. His brother’s in the Navy.
4. He flies a helicopter. His brother flies a jet.
5. Maria cooks dinner. Tom washes the dishes.
6. Kay’s playing tennis. Bob’s playing basketball.
7. Sam arrived at 5:30. Bill got here an hour later.
8. Anne wants chocolate cake. I’d like apple pie.
9. Our waitress was nice. The food was delicious.
10. Jack’s taking the test now. Jim will take it tomorrow.
TOM LIKES MUSIC, BUT HE CAN’T DANCE.
Dan wrote a check, but he didn’t sign it.
The TV is on, but we’re not watching it.
They asked for coffee, but they didn’t get any.
It was cloudy and cold, but it didn’t snow.
It was cloudy yesterday, but it’s sunny today.
The food was warm an hour ago, but it’s cold now.
Jim left after dinner, but Don stayed overnight.
They have some books, but they don’t have any tapes.
Jane was sick yesterday, but she’s all right today.
He went to the post office, but he didn’t mail the letter.
HE DOES, BUT I DON’T.

Use but and the words in ( ) to make new sentences.

EXAMPLES: The BX is open (commissary, closed) The BX is open, but the commissary is closed.
I like apples. (bananas)
I like apples, but I don’t like bananas.
1. John had dinner. (dessert)
2. The sky is clear today. (cloudy, yesterday)
3. Mr. Brown is tall. (Mrs. Brown, short)
4. One child was crying. (others, happy)
5. Mary was upset yesterday. (today)
6. The post office is closed now. (open, ten minutes ago)
7. He thought the food was delicious. (she, awful)
8. Lt Hill wants to go by plane. (Mrs. Hill, car)
9. You can buy a money order at the bank. (stamps)
10. The waitress brought us some tea. (any water)
THERE ARE FIFTY STATES.
Repeat the underlined words and the sentences.
1. state

There are fifty states in the United States.

Los Angeles is in the state of California.
2. long
A trip from Florida to California is a long trip.
We lived in Spain for ten years. We were there a long time. 3. short
A trip from San Antonio to Austin is a short trip.
He was here just two days. He stayed only a short time.
4. final
The final letter in the word “trip” is “p.”
We took the last test today. It was the final exam.
5. at first
I didn’t speak English at first, but now I speak it well. That line wasn’t on the map at first. He put it there
later.
WHY? BECAUSE.
Read these questions and answers.
1. Why are you smiling? Because I’m happy.
2. Why were you late?
Because I didn’t look at the clock.
3. Why are you tired?
Because I worked a long time today.
4. Why are you cold? Because I don’t have a coat.
5. Why did he go to New York? Because he wanted to go sightseeing.
6. Why did Ted go to California? Because he wanted to see the ocean.
7. Why does she take her vacation in Florida? Because it’s warm in Florida.
8. Why do you need to go to the store? Because I need to get some film for my camera.
9. Why did John wash the car? Because it was dirty.
10. Why do we have to go to the lab? Because we need to listen to the tapes.
11. Why did they eat a big breakfast? Because they were very hungry.
12. Why did Jan go to bed? Because she was sick.

Level II
BOOk 7 LESSON 1
Summary
F. What does Alex look like? He's tall and has red hair.
What is the weather like? It's sunny and cool.
G. Jan visited France and England. She liked both countries. Jan bought tree post cards. She
mailed two of them. She didn't mail the other post card.
The students are happy. They are a teacher. She is young. The happy dtudents have a
young teacher.
V.
compare a compara alike asemanator
both amandoi; ambii narrow ingust
opposite contrar; opus other alt(ul); altã; alte; celãlalt
round repriza; rotund; circular slow agale; mocait; incet
strong vanjos; rezistent; tare weak neputincios; slab
wide lat; larg; deschis circle cerc; ciclu; a inconjura
matematics matematic mistake greseala; eroare
rectangle dreptunghi shape a da forma; chip; forma
side latura; parte square scuar; patrat
triangle triunghi; echer

description descriere; categorie; infatisare

describle descriere; categorie; infatisare
draw\drew a trage(o perdea /un zavor); a atrage; a strange
fast solid; a se abtine(de la); a posti; postire; repede
little mic/ marunt(diminutiv); mic; infim
edge muchie; a margini; margine
job functie; indeletnicire; ocupatie
line a captusi; a insirui; a linia; linie; sir; undita
like a-i fi drag; a-i placea;asemanator;preferinte;gusturi(pl); similar; a dori

It\this ias called

What do\does\did look like?
What is\are …like?
What is\are…. called?

Jhon helps sick people. He's a doctor. That's his joib.

Anne works in o spital. She's nurse. That's his joib.
George has fifty students. He's a teacher. That's his joib.
Mark's car didn't start. He called David David's a mechanic. That's his joib.
I work in a restaurant. I'm waiter. That's his joib.
Jak flies airplanes. What's his jib?
Sally works in a restaurant. She brings costumers their menu and foosd.
What's her job?
Glen shaves men's faces and cuts their hair. What is his Job?
What's this? It's a triangle. It's asquare. It's a rectangle.
What are these? They're lines.
1.This is mathematics. Math is a short word for mathematics.
2.This is a wrong answer. It's a mistake.
3.A tiangle has three sides.
4.She's sitting the edge of the chair..

Linda is studying numbers, linies, and shapes. She studying mathematics.

Dan must learn mathematics because he went to be a pilot.
Bob and Pat like English, but they don't like mathematics.
This sentience isn't corect. A word is wrong.
Rectangle and, square have four sides.
He wrote the homework on the right side of thr chalkboard.
The edgs of the papers were dirty.

A.Jim, please describle a triangle. Z.A triangle is a shape with three sides.
A.Thst's a right. Now give a description of square. Z.A square has four side.

A.Linda, please compare square and rectangulare.

Z.A rectangulare has two short side and two long side.
A.Now compare the lines on the chalkboard. Are they the same?
Z.No, they.re a different. The first line is short. The second line is long.

Jak has a new raincot. He bought it yesterday. Now Jak can walk in the rain.
He= Jak (same)
The children are hungry. They want lunch now. I'll make some sandwiches for them.

1.One answer is wrong. The other answer is right.

2.We liked one show. We didn't like the other show.
3 Sam ate one sandwich. He didn't eat the other sandwich.
4.One book is on the table. The other is in the chair.
5.Sally read one book. She didn't read yhe other one.

1.One boy is happy. The other boy is happy. Both boys are happy.
2.This cake is delicious. The other cake is delicious. Both cakes are delicious.
3. This restaurant is crowded. The other restaurant is also crowded. Both restaurant are crowded.

I am reading two books. Both books are good.

Lana has two brothers. Both brothers are mechanics.
Jan ans Lisa took a test. Both girls got good gtades.
We saw two movies last weekend. We liked both movies.

One circle is little. It's small. The other circle is big. It isn't small.
One steet is wide. The other street is narrow.
One car is fast .The other car is slow.
One man is strong. The other mz\an is weak.

The airplane A is like airplane B. The airplane are like. They are the same.
 The blak belt is not like the white belt. The belts are not alike. They are different. One belt is blak.
The other belt is white.

1.Hhot is opposite of cold.

2.Good is opposite of bad.
3.Right is the opposite of of wrong.

A.What does your teacher look like?

Z.She's short and has brown hair. Her eyes are blue.

A.What is like?
Z.She's young and very nice. She's a good theacher, too.

A.What was your trip to Chicago like?

Z.It was a good trip Isaw a few old friends.
A. Is that man your doctor?
Z.No, that man is tall. My doctor is short.

A. Give me a description of him.

Z.He has brown hair and eyes.

A.I think I'll hgo to Houston next weekend.

Z.I went there last month. I can describle it to you.

A.What is the weather like.

Z.It's hot, but you can swim in the ocean.

BOOk 7 LESSON 2
Summary

F. This line is long. This line is longer than that line. Becky is tall. Mary is taller.
C. Do you want candy or cake? I'd like both, please. One book is for me; the other is for my
sister. I need some cookies. Do you have some. No, I don't have any.
S. Bill wants a new job. He'll get one next week. Draw the shape. Go to the door. Stand up.
Sit down.
V.
add a adauga; a aduna; a spori count conte; a numara; a soco
equal egal; a egala; linistit explain a motiva; a explica
multiply a inmulti; a multiplica; a reproduce multipled
subtract a scade; a scadea understood
any ceva; niste; nici un; oricare both amandoi; ambii
curved curbat; indoit each fiecare
easy usor; linistit hard teapan; tare; solid
 heavy abundent; greu into in; inspre; spre
minus fara; minus more mai mul
other alt(ul); alta; alte; celalalt than ca; decat
some catva; niste; ceva; unii; unele straight pe fata; direct
plus plus(mat); avantaj; suplimentar time vreme; timp
bottom partea de jos; a sonda; fund center centru
circumference circumferinta diameter diametru
error eroare half jumatate; repriza; semestru
price a fixa un pret; pret; cost radius raza
top varf; crestet; titirez mistake greseala; eroare
halve a reduce la jumatate; a injumatati; a taia in doua bucat
light a se cobora; a se lasa; a lumina; usor; lumina zilei; felinar; a aprinde; delicate
usor/ usoara(atingere); fin(spirit); delicat
divide cumpana apelor(amer); a desparti; a imparti
understand conveni; a auzi; a cunoaste; a sti; a intelege
problem chestiune; problema; situatie dificila
make\made a mistake
multiplied by

1.Look at the top of the chalkboard.

2.Bottom is the opposite of top.
3.The center is between the top and the bottom.
The line on the outside of circle is called the circumference.
The line from on side of a circle to the other side is the diameter. It touche the center of the circle.
We call the line the outside of a circle to the center of the circle the radius.
The radius of a circle is one half of the diameter.

A.Did you do the homework last night?

Z. I did nine of the problem, but I didn.t anderstand namber ten.
A.But Mrs. Murphy explained each problem in class yesterday.
Z.I know, but her explanation of number ten wasn't clear.

1.This linie is curved. It's a curved line.

2.This linie is straight. It's a straight line.
3.The box is light. It's a light box.
4.This box is heavy. It's not light. It's heavy box.
5.The problem is easy. I know the answer. It's easy problem.
6.Thie problem is hard. Idon't know the answer. It's a hard problem.

A.Woild you like more coffee? Z.Yes, I'd like a second cup, coffee.
A.I tought it was hard. My score was 56. Z.I think you didn't study very mhch.
A.Did you draw that rectangle? Z. Yes , do you like it?
A.I'll help you. That table is very heavy.
Z.Thanks.I didn't know it was heavy. I thought it was light.
A.Did you finish your homework? Z.No, I have four more problems in math.
1.Two plus one equals three.
2.Can you add these numbers? We added six and two.
3 The total is eight. We added the numbers and got a total of eight.
4.Five minus four is one. How much is five minus three?
5.Subtract these numbers. We substracted one from nine.
6.Five times five equals twenty-five.
7.Multipiy these umbers. Five times five equals twenty-five.
8.Six divided by two is three. We divided six by two.
What's the price of bananas? Bananas are 35 cents a pound today.
How much do oranges cost? The price of oranges is three pounds fot a dollar.
A.Please, sir, I need more apples. Z. Okay, soon. How many do you need?

1.The teacher is walking into the lab.

2.I'll divide the cake into 34.pieces. I'll give a pice to every student in the class.
3.Bobby divided the apple intp halfes. He ate one half and gav e the other one to his friend.

1._er and than are added to regular adjectives to compare people or things.
Greg is taller than Bad.
This window is cleaner than that one.
_er + than
tall-taller clean-cleaner narrow-narrower weak-weaker slow-
slower long-longer
2.Word that end in a consonant b with a short vowel sound before the consonant will double the consonsant
adding _er and than
His shoes are wetter his coat.
Wett+ ter = wetter big + ger = bigger sad + der = sadder
hot + ter = hotter
3.Word that end in a consonant + y change the y to i and add _er and than
Y….i + _e r =_ier + than
happy _ier = happier heavy _ier = heavier
rainy _ier = rainier windy _ier = windier
thirsty _ier = thirstier hungry _ier = hungrier
4.Words that end in _e need only _r and than.
Today's weather is nicer than yesterday's
nice _r = nicer large _r = larger little _r = litter
late _r = later wide _r = wider blue _r = bluer

1. Is trhe girl shoter than boy? No, she isn't. The girl is taller than the boy.
The boy is shorter than the girl.
2. Are the squares larger than the triangles? Yes, they are. The squares are larger than the triangles. The
triangles are smaller than the square.
Do you want some?
A. I made some caffe. Do you want some? Z. Sure.I'll take a cup.
A.Ralph gave me a box of candy. Would you like some?
Z.No. thanks . I'm not hungry now.
A.I need some black shoes. Cam you show me sone? Z.Yes, sir, I'll bring some.
 A.Is there more orange juice? Z.Yes, there's some and the table.
A.Did you see any mountains on your trip? Z.Yes, Isaw some in New Meaxico.
A.Do you need some film four your camera?
Z.No, I have some. I bought film yesterday.
A.Would you like sugar inyour tea? Z.Yes, I would like some, please.
A.How was the test? Were the problems hard? Z.Yes, some of them were.

Do you have any?

A. I need some paper .Do you have any? Z. No, thenks. Here's some.
A.Have some coffee? Z. No, thanks. I never drink any at night.
A.Is she taking anything for her sore back?
Z.No, she doesn't like medicine. She never takes any.

A.The sergenrt has three stripes. Z. The airman doesn't have any.
A.Did you make any mistake on the test? Z. No, not any. I'made 100.
A.How many women are there in the class
Z. There aren't any. The sudents are all men.
A.Do you want some help? Z. No, thanks, I don't need any.
A. Did you buy stamps yesterday ? Z. No, I didn't get any.

Both are small

1.A.This book is small. The other book is also amall. Both book are small. Both are small.
2. Tom speaks Spanish and English. Marye speaks English ansd Arabic.
Both speak two languages.
3.Did you take my book and his book? Yes, I took both of them.
4. My car is new. Your car is also new. Both are new.
5.Do you want milk of coffee? I'll want both please.
6.I red two books. I liked both of them.
7.Do you speak French and English? I speak both.
8.Do you want chicken or fish? I don't know. I like both.
9.Is your mother or dad there? No, both are out.
10. Jean wants a hamburger, and Pli wants one, too. Both want a hamburger.

1.One student is from Europe.The other is from Africa

2.I'll eat the big pice of cake. You can have the other.

BOOk 7 LESSON 3
Summary

F. Dear Tom and, Nancy, we arrived In England on Tuesday. It's cool and, rainy here.
G. How old are you? I'm 21 years old. Which city is the largest? New York is the largest city in
the United States.
V.
climb catarare; urcare; a se catara; a urca run\ran a alerga; a fugi
above deasupra; sus(de) absent absent
around peste tot; prin apropiere; jurul(in) back spate; spinare/a sprijini
below dedesubt; jos front fatada; frunte
high inalt; ridicat; superior next to alaturi
next urmator over peste
past scurs; dus; trecut present prezent; a prezenta; actual; dar
rear urma; sfarsit animal animal; animalic
backyard bird pasare
cat pisica dog caine; piedica(tech); a urmari
earth pamant; sol garage a gara; garaj
gate poarta; intrare grass iarba; pasune
hill colina; deal land pamant
leaf\leave fila; foaie; frunza; a infrunzi; moon luna
past scurs; dus; trecut present prezent; a prezenta; actual; dar
river fluviu; rau roof acoperis
star stea; astru; protagonis word cuvant; vorba; a redacta
yard curte; iard( cm
by alaturi; aproape de; cu; prin; de; langa
low scund; muget; a mugi; jos; josnic
fence gard; ingraditura; a imprejmui; a proteja
flower a impodobi cu flori; elita; floare; a inflori

Two weeaks ago Mr.and Mrs. Clark bought a house.the house is white with a red roof. It has seven rooms
and a garage for the car.
The house has a big yard. The front yard has flowers, grass, and a tree. The other tree is near the front the
house. The backyard is inside the fence. The fence has a gate near the back door of the house. The trees in the
back are taller than the roof.
It summer now. The trees have leaves, and the grass is green. In the winter, the grass will be brown. There
won't be any leaves on the any flowers in the yard.

1.The cat is walking around tree. 2.The cxat is sitting by the tree.
3. The dog is sitiing next to the car. 4.The bird is flying over tree.
5. The cat is above the dig. The dog os below thw cat.

1. Dogs run fast. 2. Cars climb trees.

3. The dog ran to the back of the house. 4.The cat saw the dig and climb a tree.
5.The children run and play in the backyard. 6.Sometimes cats climb to the roof of the house.
7.We will climb montains on our vacantion.

How old is Steve? He's ten years old. How old is their house. It's fiften years old.
How old is this base? It's about 45 years old. How old is your car? It's only a year old.
How old is the city? It's over 234 years old.

A.How's your fsmily, Ken? Z. Fine, thanks. How are your children?
A.Good! Here's a picture of them. Z. How old are your soon? A.One's three, and other's eight.
ZA.How old is your dauthe? A. She's five years old. Z.You have a very nice family.

new newer newest

ADJECTIVE COMPARATIVE SUPERLATIVE

big bigger the biggest
heavy heavier the heaviest
light lighter the lightest
new newer the newest
old older the oldest
wide wider the widest
The superlative from the adjective is used to compare three or more persons, or things. Add the + est to
onesyllable adjectives and to some two- sylable adjectives.

1.David has the biggest suitcase. 2. Carol has the heaviest suitcaes.
3. Steven has the oldest ons. 4.The small suitcaes is the lightest.
5.The large siucase is the widest.

The car is fast. The train is faster than car. The airplane is the fastest.
The first tree is tall. The second tree is taller than the first tree. The third tree is the fastest.
The English test was easy. The mat test easier that English test. The Fensh test was the easiest.

Who’s the heaviest man Don’s the heaviest man.

Which man’s the lighest? Dan's lightest.

BOOk7 LESSON 4
Summary

F. What do you use to open cans. I use a can open.

What do you use a stove for? We use a stove for cooking food. We use a stove to cook food.
G. Go to the kitchen and open the cabinet. Pick nup a can of vegetables and open it. Put the vegetables
into a plan and put it on the stove. Turn on the stove. Cook the vegetables .Eat them.
V.
plug in a baga in priza; a conecta use a folosi; intrebuintare; a uza;
often adesea; frecvent pretty destul; dragut
seldom rar; rareori ugly slut; urat
usually de obicei armchair fotoliu
bookcase biblioteca cabinet cabinet; comoda
can opener deschizator de conserve carpet a acoperi cu covoare; covor
ceiling nivel maxim; plafon; tavan caffee spoon lingurita de cafea
coffee table curtain cortina; perdea
drapes drawer tragator al unui cec
end table end capat; sfarsit
in the end pana la urma fan ventilator; entuziast(de); evantai
faucet ventil; robinet(amer); dop furniture mobila
kitchen bucatarie lamp felinar; lampa
living room outlet orificiu; scurgere; iesire
pan cratita; Pan(mitol); polemica; tigaie plug priza electrica; tampon
refrigerator racitor rug carpeta; pres
shelf\shelves etajera; raft; stelaj sink a afunda; a se scufunda
sofa divan; sofa stove masina de gatit; soba

floor dusumea; etaj; fund(de mare pestera); incinta a parlamentului

lay\layd a intinde; trec. de la "lie"; laic; mirean; a pune; cantec
keep\keept a respecta un angajament; a tine; a pastra

Yhis is our livind room

We have some nice futniture in our living.
The sofa is the biggest pice of furniture in our living room.
The sofa is also called a couch.
We have a coffee table near the sofa.
I like to sit in our armchair.
The end table is next to the sofa.
There is a lamp on the end table.
There are many books in our bookcase.
We keep the children’s books on the bottom shelf.
The bookcase has six shelves.
Mark’s lying on the rug. It’s also called a carpet.
The windows have drapes on them.
The ceiling in the room is very high.

This is a cabinet. We keep diches in the cabinet.

There are drawers under the cabinet. This is a can opener.It oens cans.
We cook on the stove. We put the food in a pot or a pen.
There is a fan the ceiling.
The kitchen floor is clean.
This is a refrigerator. It has a lot of food in it.
This is a fan. This is a plug. This is a outlet.
Put the plug in the oulet. Plug the fan in. He plugged in the fan.

A.Where is the electric fan? Z.On a shelf in the garage. Why?

A.Because it.s hot in hire. Z.Hot! It’s only 75.
A.Wherwe’s an outlet? Z. Turn around. You’re standing by one.
A.Oh! Here it is. I’ll plug in the here. Z. Hey! It’s windy in here. Turn it around.
 1.She thinks it’s pretty. She wants to buy it.
The wather today is ugly. It’s not nice.
Your littlr girl is very pretty. Oh, thank you.
He thinks his car is ugly. Other people think it’s nice.
Young man , lay your clothes on the bed, please.
He laid his hand omn the child’s shoulder.

Use

I (You; We; They; ) use a knife for cutting meat

He (She; Luky) uses a cup for drinking coffee.
a camera for taking pictures.
a glass for drinking milk.

Did you use the library for studying?

They use a camera for taking pictures.
Does sister use the stove for cooking?
What does Walt use for shaving.
Ron used my bed for sleeping.
What did your friends use for traveling?
A pilot doesn’t use a car for flying.
Do you use soap for brushing your teeth?

I (You; We; They; ) use a knife to cut meat

He (She; Luky) uses a cup to drink coffee.
a camera to take pictures.
a glass to drink milk.
We use a sharpner for sharpening a pencil. We use a sharpner to sharpen a pencil.
The teacher uses chalk for writing. The teacher uses chalk to write.
We use a cabinrt for keeping medicine. We use a cabinrt to keep medicine.
We use a stove for cooking. We use a stove to cook.
We use our lips, teeth, and tongues for talking. We use our lips, teeth, and tongues for talk.

BOOK 8 LESSON 1

F. Turn right at the corner of Maple and Pine.

G.When is Sara going to leave? She’s going to leave tomorrow.

 A score of 85 is better than a score of 69, but 100 is the best.
A score of 69 is worse than a score of 85, but 0 is the worst.

VOCABULARY

be going to
better/best
east
fall/fell (down)
centigrade
exclamation mark
follow
east
Fahrenheit (F)
freeze/froze
for (time)
ground
grow/grew
north
highway
land
of (north of, etc.)
ice

take (a right/a left)

south
kilometer

take off/took off

straight (ahead)
Mexico

west
mile

worse/worst
north

park

block
quotation marks

How do/can I get to...?

Celsius (C)
road

comma
south
corner
temperature

degree (0)
thermometer

direction
west

directions

Speaking Skill

EXCUSE ME. HOW CAN I GET TO THE LIBRARY?

First listen to your teacher say the dialog. Then repeat it.

Bill: How can I get to the library?

Dave: The base library or the one downtown?
Bill: The downtown library.
Dave: Get on the bus at 48th and Lake.

Bill: Okay.
Dave: Get off at Main and
Bill: Okay. Then what?
Dave: Turn left on Pine.
Bill: Thanks!
Dave: You’re welcome.
Lake and walk south. Go straight ahead three blocks.
HOW DO I GET TO...?
Excuse me, please. How do I get to the hospital?
Drive east on Broadway for ten blocks.
Walk straight ahead to the corner. Then turn left.
Stay on Highway 90 East to Houston.
It’s north of the library on 4th Street.
Turn right at the corner of Maple and Pine.
Go on Highway 9 for 20 miles.
Walk north on Elm Street. At the next corner turn left.
Go back to 281 South and turn left.
It’s outside the loop, west of the city.
 Grammar
BOB IS GOING TO ARRIVE AT 4:30.
(BOB WILL ARRIVE AT 4:30.)

I am going to.... = I’m going to....

He is going to.... = He’s going to....
They are going to.... = They’re going to....
Fred is going to listen to the weather report.
The temperature is going to fall.
It’s going to freeze.
It’s going to be 280 Fahrenheit.
Fred is going to buy a warmer coat.
Sam and Lou are going to drive to the airport.
They’re going to get their brother Jim.
Their brother’s plane is going to land at 7:30.
He’s going to stay for six days.
He’s going to leave on Thursday.
The plane is going to take off at 10:00 a.m.
Jim is going to return next year.
VICTOR ISN’T GOING TO SELL THE CAR.
(VICTOR WON’T SELL THE CAR.)
He isn’t going to stay.
They aren’t going to stay.

THEY AREN’T GOING TO BUY A NEW STOVE.

Change the sentence. Use the word in ( ).

EXAMPLE: Ken is going to drive to the store. (bank) Ken isn’t going to drive to the bank.
1. Sam is going to move the coffee table. (end table)
2. The teacher is going to use a Fahrenheit thermometer. (Celsius)
3.The captain is going to repeat the schedule. (order)
4.They’re going to grow tomatoes. (potatoes)
5.I’m going to buy a sweater. (jacket)
6.Judy and I are going to swim this afternoon. (evening)
7.Jim and Rudy are going to eat breakfast now. (dinner)
8.She’s going to wear her new dress. (sweater)
9.I’m going to cook lamb. (chicken)
10. You’re going to leave at 5:00. (6:30)

IS MARGARET GOING TO LEAVE TODAY?

Change the sentences. Use be going to.

EXAMPLE: The plane will take off at 0800. The plane is going to take off at 0800.

The jet will land at the San Antonio airport.

Jeff will get a new car.
They won’t move the bookcase.
Will Harry get a shampoo at the barbershop?
Won’t Kathy and Jane take the test again?
Judy will buy a new sofa.
Will Jim eat in the mess hail today?
Sue won’t use the Celsius thermometer today.
They will leave work early today.
Won’t Sandra mail the package?

WHAT ARE YOU GOING TO DO?

EXAMPLES: What are you qoinq to buy? (bookcase) 1’m going to buy a bookcase.
When is your brother going to go to Houston? (next week)
My brother is going to go to Houston next week.
1. Who is going to mail the packages? (Sara)

2. Where are the students going to study? (library)

3. What are you going to wear tomorrow? (my new suit)
4. When are they going to arrive? (at 9:30)
5. Which shirt are you going to buy? (the blue one)
6. When is the plane going to take of f? (in one hour)
7. Where are Mike and Floyd going to eat? (in the dining hall)
8. Which thermometer are you going to use? (Fahrenheit)
9. Who is going to move the coffee table? (John)
10. What is Alan going to bring? (salad)

WHAT ARE YOU GOING TO BUY?

EXAMPLE: I am going to buy a car.

What are you going to buy?
1. Harry is going to leave tomorrow.
2. Nora and Jean are going to go to Dallas.
3. They are going to walk to school.
4. Jim is going to wear his brown jacket.
5. William is going to travel in California.
6. Fred is going to send the letter.
7. She is going to cook the chicken.
8. Lt Adams is going to fly the new plane.
9. Irene is going to put the salad in the refrigerator.
10. Jim’s plane is going to leave at 3:25 p.m.

WHAT ARE YOU GOING TO DO...?

Choose one of the following and talk about it.

1. What are you going to do this weekend?
2. What are you going to do next month?
3. What are you going to do next year?
 4. What are you going to do tomorrow?
5. What are you going to do after school?

EXCUSE ME. HOW CAN I GET TO THE LIBRARY?

First listen to your teacher say the dialog. Then repeat it.
Bill: How can I get to the library?
Dave: The base library or the one downtown?
Bill: The downtown library.
Dave: Get on the bus at 48th and Lake.
Bill: Okay.
Dave: Get off at Main and
Bill: Okay. Then what?
Dave: Turn left on Pine.
Bill: Thanks!
Dave: You’re welcome.

Lake and walk south. Go straight ahead three blocks.

HOW DO I GET TO...?

Excuse me, please. How do I get to the hospital?
Drive east on Broadway for ten blocks.
Walk straight ahead to the corner. Then turn left.
Stay on Highway 90 East to Houston.
It’s north of the library on 4th Street.
Turn right at the corner of Maple and Pine.
Go on Highway 9 for 20 miles.
Walk north on Elm Street. At the next corner turn left.
Go back to 281 South and turn left.
It’s outside the loop, west of the city.

ROOK 8 LESSON 2

These books aren’t ours!

GRAMMAR
They’re yours!

Jo forgot to wash her gym clothes,

but I remembered to wash mine.

SKILLS
Read the paragraph.
Write the topic and select the main idea.

YOCABULARV
exercise forget/forgot (to) hit/hit
miss remember (to) shut try/tried (to) work out

free time get/got in shape have/had a good time have/had fun in (good) shape out of shape
beautiful
difficult
exciting
healthy hers his important interesting its mine ours terrific theirs yours

exercise fun gymnasium push-up sit-up volleyball watch workout

FUNCTION
THEY WORK OUT IN THE GYM.
Repeat the words and sentences.
GYMNASIUM
ymnasium gym
The men play basketball in the ~
push-up
Andy and John are doing push-ups in the gym.
sit-up
Maria is doing sit-ups in the gym.

volleyball
The new students are playing volleyball.
work out/workout Edward and Ron are also working out. They have workouts three times a week.
Andy, John, Maria, Edward, and Ron are exercising. They are getting in shape. The new
students are playing volleyball. They are also getting in shape.
Repeat the underlined words.
WHAT DID JEAN FORGET?

Then read the dialogs.

I think we forgot something.

What did we forget?
I can’t remember!
Did you shut the car windows?
That’s it! We forgot about the windows. No, I remembered. I closed them.
Did you shut the windows in the back, too? Yes, I shut every window in the car.
LISTEN TO YOUR TEACHER, STUDENTS.
We’re going to have a test tomorrow, students. Don’t forget!
No problem, Mr. Sunshine. We’ll remember.
Will you remember your books?
Yes, we’ll remember to bring our books.
And please try to memorize all of the new words. We’ll try very hard to learn them.
Grammar
JOHN WANTS TO PLAY VOLLEYBALL

Read the sentences.

1. I like to go to the movies.
2. Alan wants to get in shape.
3. They began to study at six o’clock.
4. Rita needs to buy a house.
5. He will remember to get the pictures.
6. We started to play volleyball.
THAT’S HIS NEW CAR.
THAT’S HIS.
1. That looks like an interesting book. No, it’s not mine. It’s my sister’s.
2. That’s a beautiful house. Is it yours? No, it’s theirs. Ours is over there.
3. That’s an important paper. No, it’s not. It’s hers.
It must be his.
4. What a pretty cat! Is it yours? Yes, it’s ours.
5. There’s a blue car. Is that hers? No, that’s mine. Hers is over there.
6. Here’s someone’s jacket. Yes, it’s mine.
Is it yours?
7. My test was very difficult. Was yours hard? Yes, ours was very difficult too.
8. What pretty flowers! Are they hers? No, they’re mine.
THAT’S MY CAR. THAT’S MINE.
THAT’S HER CAR.
THAT’S THEIR CAR.
THAT’S THEIRS. THAT’S HERS.
Is it yours?
WHOSE IS IT?

Answer the following questions.

EXAMPLE: Whose book is this? (Mike) It’s his.
1. Whose pen is that? (Henry)
2. Whose keys are those? (Peggy)
3. Whose hat is that? (Mr Adams)
4. Whose flowers are those? (Janet and Sara)
5. Whose dessert is that? (John)

6. Whose class is this? (Ms. White)

7. Whose gloves are these? (I)
8. Whose money is this? (Ted and I)
9. Whose shoes are these? (Tommy)
10. Whose dog is this? (Bob and John)
THAT’S BILL’S CAR. ---> THAT’S HIS.
Change the sentence.
EXAMPLE: My car is blue. Mine is blue.
1. That’s Sara’s hat.
2. His shirt is white.
3. That’s the Smiths’ car.
4. Our house is over there.
5. That’s Kevin’s camera.
6. Her coat is dirty.
7. Their grass is the greenest.
8. He mailed her lotter yesterday.
9. His language is French.
10. That’s my radio.
Then read them.
1. Jack: How’s your dessert?
Ben: Mine’s delicious! How’s yours?
2. David: How’s your coffee?
Pat: Mine’s awful. What about yours?
3. Peter: Bill does his exercises after class.
do his?
Steve: He does his at the lunch break.
4. Ben’s test was easy, but hers was difficult.
5. Your school is big, but ours is bigger.
6. Did the students do their push-ups today?
When does Tom

-FUNCTION-
.1 ‘r

How do you use the pay phone?

Put the money in the slot, listen for
the dial tone, and dial.

JRAMMAr

I may get a phone in my room.

I might not go tonight. I feel sick.
Long distance calls are more expensive than local calls.
Person-to-person long distance calls are the most expensive calls.
Station-to-Station long distance calls are less expensive than
person-to-person calls, but local calls are the least expensive.

‘“KILL~’

expe&sive 1 2 3 4
Multiply 12 by 3. Then divide your answer in half.

VOCABULARY

call (up) deposit find/found hang up/hung up make/made

(a phone call) may
might
pay/paid

just a minute
long distance (call)
person-to-person (call)
station-to-station (call)
busy cheap expensive just less/least local more/most whom
call change coin conversation factory kind (of) line (phone)
o (read “oh”) operator
page pay phone person public phone slot

HOW TO MAKE A LONG DISTANCE PHONE CALL

FROM A PUBLIC OR PAY PHONE:
Repeat the sentences.
ONE: Get some change.
TWO: Put your coins near the telephone.
 THREE: Pick up the receiver.
FOUR: Listen for the dial tone.
FIVE: Put a quarter in the slot.
SIX: Dial “zero.” The operator will answer you.
SEVEN: Then say, “Operator, I’d like to make a long distance call. The number is (555) 678—9101.”

TONY MAKES A LOCAL CALL

Repeat and read the dialogs.
Tony: Can I use your phone? I need to make a call.
Juan: Is that a local call?
Tony: Yes. I’m going to call up a friend here in the city. I don’t know her number.
Juan: Look it up in the phone book.
Tony: Here it is!
(Tony dials the number.)
Tony: The line is busy.
Juan: Well, hang up and try again in a few minutes.
(After a few minutes, Tony dials the number
again.)
Hello. Is Karen there?
Just a minute. I’ll call her.
Hello.
Hi, Karen. I called you a few minutes
ago, but your line was busy.
Karen: Yeah. Kathy was on the phone.
Tony: What are you doing this Friday?
I’m going to go see “Superman X.”
Do you want to go?
That’ll be fun.
Good. I’ll pick you up at 7:00.
See you Friday at 7:00 then.
Okay. Bye.
TONY IS GOING TO THE MOVIES ON FRIDAY.

Circle the letter T for true. Circle the letter F for false.
1. Tony needs to make a local call.
2. Tony is calling a friend in a different city.
3. Tony didn’t know his friend’s number.
4. Tony looked up his friend’s number in the phone book.
5. Tony’s friend is not at home.
6. The line was busy at first.
7. Karen said ‘Just a minute.”
8. Tony is going to the movies on Friday.
9. Kathy is going with Tony.
10. Tony will pick Karen up at 7:00.
THEY MAKE THINGS IN FACTORIES.
Repeat the dialog. Then read it.
Frank: Where do you work?
Harry: I work in a factory.
Frank: What do they make there?
Harry: They make furniture. It’s a furniture factory.
Frank: My brother works in a factory, too. He works in an automobile factory.
Harry: Then he gets more money than I do!
Grammar
THE SOFA IS HEAVIER THAN THE CHAIR
CHINESE IS MORE DIFFICULT THAN ENGLISH.
THEY MAKE THINGS IN FACTORIES.
Repeat the dialog. Then read it.
Frank: Where do you work?
Harry: I work in a factory.
Frank: What do they make there?
Harry: They make furniture. It’s a furniture factory.
Frank: My brother works in a factory, too. He works in an automobile factory.
Harry: Then he gets more money than I do!

Grammar
THE SOFA IS HEAVIER THAN THE CHAIR
CHINESE IS MORE DIFFICULT THAN ENGLISH.
CHICAGO HAS THE TALLEST BUILDINGS.
BILL BOUGHT THE MOST EXPENSIVE CAR.
To make the comparative:
1. Add -er + than to one-syllable adjectives. (See Book 7.) Change the y to I and add -er to two-
syllable adjectives which end in y or w, + than.
2. Put more/less before adjectives of two or more syllables,
+ than.

To make the superlative:

1. Add -est to one-syllable adjectives.
Change the y to I and add -est to two-syllable adjectives which end in y or w.
2. Put the most/least before adjectives of two or more syllables.
4. Jessica thinks Spanish is the most beautiful language. (Russian)
5. Marilyn thinks lamb is the most expensive meat.
(chicken)
6. Lee Chung thinks Chinese is the most interesting language. (English)
7. Pete thinks tennis is the most difficult game. (baseball)
8. Henry thinks San Antonio is the most beautiful city. (New York)
WHICH IS MORE EXCITING, TENNIS OR VOLLEYBALL?
Answer the questions with a sentence. Use more or less.
1. Which is more interesting, math or language?
2. Which sport is more exciting, tennis or volleyball?
3. Which is less delicious, ice cream or pie?
4. Which is more expensive, a long distance call or a local call?
5. Which is more beautiful, the ocean or the mountains?
6. Which language is less difficult, Arabic or Chinese?
7. Which city is more interesting, London or New York?
8. Which is less expensive, a sweater or a coat?
CAN YOU HELP ME, PLEASE?
1. Carol: Can you help me, please? I want to make a long
distance call.
Sam: There are two kinds, station-to-station and person-
to-person.

Carol: Which is cheaper?

Sam: Calls without the operator’s help.
 Carol: Which kind is that?
Sam: Station-to-station.
2. Bob: Excuse me. Can you help me? How can I make a local
call on this pay phone?
Linda: First listen for the dial tone. Then deposit the
coins in the slot and dial.

Bob: What do local calls on a pay phone cost?

Linda: Different cities have different prices, but in this city they cost 25 cents.

Bob: Thanks for your help.

Linda: You’re welcome.

How much does a long distance call cost? When are you making the call?
Well, when is it less expensive?
Weekdays after 5 p.m. and on weekends.
When can I make the cheapest long distance call? Between 11 p.m. and 8 a.m.
I’d like to make a person-to-person call, but first I need to know the cost.
David: Look it up in the front of the phone book or ask the operator.
Sandra: Thanks. I’ll do that.
David: You’re welcome.

I WANT TO MAKE A....

Complete the sentences.
EXAMPLE: How can I make
a long distance call?
1. How much
2. I want to make
3. Operator,
4. Which kind of long distance call
5. Calls without the operator’s help
6. Person—to—person calls
7. Station-to-station calls

FUNCT ION-

Caller: May I speak to S9t Harris?

Travis: Just a moment, please.
How much do your apartments rent for?
The least expensive ones are $285 a month.
GRAMMAR
Tim might go to Dallas this weekend.
Oh, me too. Tell him I might see him there.
Multiply 17 by 6.
Then divide your answer in half. have/hour
VOCABULARY
be back
call back hold/held
hold on/held on look for
manage rent ring/rang tell/told wait (for)
from (time)
that
till (time)
to (time)
until (time)
(....) minutes past/after or to/till (hour) (....) past/after or to/till (hour)
a quarter after/past a quarter till/to for rent
half past (hour) hold/held the line leave/left a message return a call take/took a message
apartment basement bedroom bell deposit dining room garden manager message moment
rent resident
Then read them.
I’m leaving now. I’ll be back in about two hours.
All right, Mr. Miller. See you at three.
I’m back! Did any calls?
Yes, Mr. Brown called.
Did he leave a message?
It’s on your desk.
Thank you, Ms. Craft.
Miller & Wright. This is Ms. Craft. May I help you?
Yes.
there?
Is Mr. Miller
No. Mr. Miller here. He’ll be
an hour. Can I take a message?
isn’ t back in
Yes. Please tell him Ed Brown called. I’ll call him back at home tonight.
WOULD YOU LIKE TO LEAVE A MESSAGE?
THE NEW HOUSE HAS A BASEMENT.
Allie: What’s that paper you’re holding, Pete?
Pete: It’s a drawing of our new house. We’re going to have a basement in it.
Allie: Why are you putting in a basement? Isn’t that expensive?
Pete: Not really. The house is on a hill. One side of the basement will be below the ground like any other
basement.
But the other side will have windows above the ground. Here. Look at the drawing.
Allie: That looks great, Pete!

WE USE BELLS TO GIVF MESSAGES.

bell on the telephone rings.
There’s a call for you.
2. The doorbell rings. Someone is at the door.
3. The school bell is ringing. It’s time for class.
4. In hospitals, there are bells by each bed. You ring the bell, and the nurse comes.
WHAT A DAY!
Read the letter. Then listen to the questions and answer them.
July 8
Dear Mom,
I’m writing this letter to tell you about my day. I need to tell someone. Now I can
smile, and I want you to smile with me.
It started with my eight o’clock bus. It didn’t come until twenty after eight. I didn’t
arrive at the office until ten past nine! I found many letters on my desk. Mr. Miller needed
the letters before lunch. I worked very fast, but I didn’t finish until a quarter to one. I went
to lunch at the little restaurant on the corner. It was very crowded. I didn’t get my food until
ten after one. I ate fast and went back to the office.
 The afternoon was the same. I had to make an important long distance phone call to
Mr. Jones in New York. The line was busy for a long time. I didn’t talk to Mr. Jones until a
quarter after three. It was a quarter past five in New York and his office clerk wasn’t there.
“Oh, no,” I thought, “I won’t get the answer till tomorrow. I was right. Mr. Jones didn’t
have the answer to my question.
I was very tired at 5:00. I took a nice, hot shower, and now I’m writing you this
letter. Tomorrow will be a better day.
Your daughter,
Eva
WHERE DID YOU LIVE FROM 1985 UNTIL 1987?
Answer questions about things that you did. Ask someone else a question about what he/she
did.
EXAMPLE: What did you do from January till March of this year? I studied English
from January till March.
What did you do from three to five yesterday?
I played soccer from three to five.

TELL LT JONES THAT I’LL SEE HIM AT THE LIBRARY. TELL LT JONES
I’LL SEE HIM AT THE LIBRARY.
1. Tell Jeff that his hat is outside.
2. Don’t tell Alice that she can’t go.
3. Tell Mark Capt Winters called.
4. Don’t tell Sam I won’t be there.
5. Tell Sgt Lewis that his barracks number is 7542.
6. Don’t tell Mike that I told you about it!
7. Tell Chris she has to go to the dispensary now.
8. Don’t tell Bob he forgot to make the deposit.
TELL JOHN HIS MOTHER CALLED.
Use tell or don’t tell and the cues in ~.

I’m going to the mess hail. (Sam)

Tell Sam I’m going to the mess hail.
We put John’s books in the closet. (don’t/John)
Don’t tell John that we put his books in the closet.
1. Jim’s books are on the desk.
2. Mary’s brother called her.
I don’t feel well. (teacher)
Nancy left a message for him. (Sam)
The thermometer is gone. (don’t/Bill)
I’ll be back at 12:30. (Ms. White)
His sweater is under the chair. (Don)
I heard the conversation. (don’t/him)
Fred can wait for me in the dining room. (Fred)
I forgot to mail Ted’s letter. (don’t/Ted)
TELL HIM I’LL RETURN HIS CALL.
Learn one line of a dialog well enough to say it without looking your book.
1. Sgt Jones:Col Irving:
2. Sgt Ramos:Col Vassar:
3. Sgt Collier:Col Gonzales:
4. Sgt Kline:Col Butler:
5. Sgt Chavez:Col Moore:
Sir, Captain Johnson is on the phone. Tell him that I’ll call back this afternoon.
Sir, Major Adams is holding for you. Tell her that you’ll take a message.
Sir, George Robinson is waiting on line #1*. Tell him that I’ll return the call in an hour.
Sir, Col Ryan wants to know what time you’ll pick him up.
Tell him that I’ll pick him up at a quarter till seven.
Sir, Ms. Cantu is waiting in the office. Don’t tell her I’m here! Tell her I just left.ene:
MAY I SPEAK TO....
Hello. May I please speak to Mr. Jon Barr?
He’s not here right now. May I take a message?
Yes. Will you tell him that David Smith called?
2. Sam: Hello. I’d like to speak with David Phillips.
Rita: Sure, will you hold the line a moment? I’ll get
him.
Sam: Thanks.
3. Jane: Hello. This is Jane Sosa. May I speak with Ed
Land?
Ken: Ed’s not here right now, but he’ll be back in just a
moment. Can you hold on?
4. Joann: Hello. May I speak to Sally?
Gene: Just a moment. I’ll call her.
5. Jim: Hello. May I speak with the manager?
Kathy: This is the manager. May I help you?

6. Sam:
Hello. I’d like to speak to Steve Smith.
He’s not here right now. Can you call back later?
No, but will you tell him that Sam Jones called?
7. Jon: Hello. Jon Barr speaking. May I help you?
Sally: Yes. May I speak with the manager?
Hello. May I speak to Ann Mills?
She’s not here right now. May I take a message?
Yes. Would you ask her to call Jane at 555-9831.
Just a minute. Let me get a pencil.... Now, what was
that number again?
WANTS TO RENT AN APARTMENT.
Repeat the underlined words.
Then read the paragraphs.
Last Sunday, Lt West looked for an apartment. She needs to find one before the last day
of the month. She drove on Vail Street, and she saw a nice apartment building. There were
some apartments for rent.
She went to the office and talked to
the manager.
The manager showed her a two-bedroom apartment. It was nice. The kitchen was small, but
the bedrooms and the living room were big.
“The rent is $450.00 a month,” the manager said. her about a deposit.
“What kind of deposit?” She asked him.
“It’s called a cleaning deposit,” he said,
it to you later.”
“When?” she asked.
“When you leave,” he said.
apartment will be $200.00.”
“Thank you. I’ll think about it, and I’ll call you,” Lt West said to the manager.
 Lt West likes the apartment, but she wants to see other
apartments. Then she will choose.
“The deposit for a two-bedroom
HOW MUCH IS THE RENT?
Answer the questions about Lt West.
What did Lt West do last Sunday?
What did she see?
Were there any apartments for rent?
Who did Lt West talk to?
What did the manager show Lt West?
How much was the rent?
When will the manager return the deposit to Lt West?
How much is the deposit for a two-bedroom apartment?
Is Lt West going to rent the apartment?
I’M LOOKING FOR....
Manager:
Hello. May I speak to the manager? This is the manager speaking. May I help you?
John: Yes. I’m calling about an apartment. Do you have any for rent?
Yes, we do. What are you looking for? A one or a two-bedroom?
I’d like a two-bedroom.
I don’t have a two-bedroom right now, but I’ll have one next week.
Manager:
How many baths does it have?
There are two baths, a living room, dining room and a kitchen. It also has a garage and a small garden.
Can children live in the apartment? Yes.
What about pets?
No, you can’t have pets in the apartment.
How much does the apartment cost?
The rent is four hundred a month and there’s a deposit of $200.

When can I see it?

Any day after Monday from 9 to 5.
WHEN CAN I SEE...?
Read the ad about an apartment. One student will phone for informatiOn. Another student will take the role of the
manager. Listen to the conversations about the four apartments. (You may take notes.)
Talk about:
1. furniture
2. stove/refrigerator
3. pets
4. address
5. a garden
6. schools
7. miles from base
8. When can I/you see the apartment?

Hello, I’m calling about the apartment you have for rent. Is it furnished?
No, it isn’t, but you can rent furniture from the Acme Furniture Company.
Does it have a stove and a refrigerator?
Yes, it does. It also has a garden.
Can I have a dog in the apartment?
No, you can’t.
When can I see the apartment?
 Any afternoon or evening.
What’s the address?
200 TimberwoOd Road.
CAN I TAKE A MESSAGE?
Hello?
Hello. Is Major Owens there?
He might be. Just a minute.
Can you take a message?
Yes. Where’s a pencil? Okay.
Tell him to call me tonight.
What’s the number?
I’ll be at 555—9652.
I’ll tell him when he gets home.
SCRAMBLED SENTENCES
Put the sentences in order, then read the paragraph.
From the drugstore, he went to the commissary.
____

There he got some chicken for his family’s dinner.

_____

Ned’s first stop was the drugstore.

_____

His last stop was the post office.

_____

He picked up his mother’s medicine there.

_____

I’D LIKE TO OPEN AN ACCOUNT. BOOK 9 LESSON I

I’d like to open a checking account. this form, then we’ll open the account for you.
Mike ~s eating lunch at home tomorrow.
Sam is tired because he stayed up late last night.
The bread smells good. The pie ta;t•S delicious.

Chart box outline Scanning

Topic Dictation
Complete the forms Sentence expansion
cash complete deposit feel / felt fill out hide/hid look lose/lost close/open right away right here
save smell sound spend/spent take/took take out/ took out

an account
taste
withdraw/ withdrew

bitter
immediately
(of) safe
salty
soon sour sweet
account
bill
card cash checkbook checking
account deposit form information lemon
passport savings
account signature slip wallet withdrawal
A VISIT TO THE BANK
The Newman family just moved to Houston. Mrs. Newman went to the bank to open an account for the family. She
will open a savings account and a checking account. The family will use the money in the checking account to pay for
the things they buy every day. They will use the money in the savings account for something very important or
something very expensive. Only the Newmans can spend the money in their bank account. It will be safe there.Mrs.
Newman asked the clerk for information on how to open an account. She wanted to know how much money they
needed, what forms or papers she needed to fill out, and who she needed to talk to.

FIRST BANK OF HOUSTON

The clerk told her how to open a checking account. First, she filled out a form with their names, jobs, address, and
phone numbers. Next, she signed her name three times on a card. Then, the clerk gave Mrs. Newman a signature card
for Mr. Newman. He will bring in his card later. The bank needs the signatures to make sure that the Newmans are the
only ones who take money out of that account. Mrs. Newman used her passport f or identification. Passports have a
picture and a signature for easy identification.

The clerk wanted to know how much money she wanted to deposit in the account. Mrs. Newman gave the clerk
$400.00 in cash. She said she wanted to make a deposit of $250.00 in the checking account and $150.00 in a savings
account. She wants to save money to buy a new car. The clerk helped her fill out the forms for a savings account. Then
she gave Mrs. Newman a checkbook for the checking account. She can start writing checks right away.
Before she left, the clerk gave Mrs. Newman a new one-dollar bill. The bank gives the new bills to all new customers.

1. What did Mrs. Newman do at the bank?

2. Why do the Newmans keep their money in the bank?
3. How will they use the money in their checking account?
4. How will they use the money in the savings account?
5. What did Mrs. Newman fill out?
6. What information did she put on the form?
7. Why did she sign her name on a card?
8. What did she use for identification?
9. How much money did Mrs. Newman give the clerk to open their checking account?
10. How much money did Mrs. Newman deposit in their savings account?
11. Why does Mrs. Newman want to save money?
12. What does the bank give to all new customers?
5
I SPENT ALL MY MONEY YESTERDAY.
PRESENT AST
Jack: Did you hide my hat? I can’t find it.
Fred: I didn’t hide it. Johnny hid it. I think it’s under your bed.
Mike: Sam lost his pen.
Lou: He didn’t lose it.
** ** * * * * * *
It’s on his desk.
Jim: Did you spend all your money in the bookstore?
Ray: Yes. I bought 5 books and spent $25.00.

Brad: Did you take the clothes out of the suitcase?

John: Yes, I did. I took them out when we got home.

Jim: I had $350.00 in my savings account. Now I only have $100.00

Mark: Are you going to withdraw any more money?

Jim: No, I’m not.

Good morning. May I help you?

Yes, thank you. I want to take some money out of my savings account. What do I need to do to withdraw the money?

Do you want to make a withdrawal or close your account?

I want to make a withdrawal. I’m going on vacation and I need to take some money with me. You need to fill out this

paper. It’s a withdrawal slip. Please complete the form and be sure to sign it at the bottom. Thank you. I’ll complete the

form and return it in a minute.

Okay.

WHERE DID YOU LOSE IT?

I can’t find my I.D. card. I think I lost it. Do you think someone took it?
I don’t think so. I’m the only one who can use it. I need to find it soon.

When was the last time you took it out of your wallet?

I took it out at the store. I wrote a check there and I used it for identification.

Well, call the store immediately! They can start looking for it right away.

You’re right. Where is the phone? It’s right here.

Ray:
I’m going home early today.
I am too. I’m leaving right after lunch.
Mike: Is Bob eating dinner with his brother tonight?
Stan: Yes. They’re going to the new French restaurant.
Pat: Is Ted driving to Miami on Friday?
Tim: No, he’s flying down on Saturday.

MIKE WILL LEAVE MONDAY AND JANE’S LEAVING THURSDAY.

EXAMPLES: Si: Frank will move to a new apartment in May.
S2: Frank is going to move to a new apartment in May.
S3: Frank is moving to a new apartment in May.

Si: Will Peggy stay with her sister next week?

S2: Is Peggy going to stay with her sister next week?
S3: Is Peggy staying with her sister next week?

1. We will eat lunch early today.

2. The train will arrive in ten minutes.
3. Flight 123 will leave in an hour.
4. Will he fly home to visit his mother this year?
5. We will work out in the gym after class.
6. Will you wear your new uniform tomorrow?

AL’S TIRED BECAUSE HE HAD A LONG TRIP.

Read the dialogs.

Jim: Why was Al late this morning?
Ted: Al was late because he didn’t wake up on time.
Nancy: Are you tired because you worked out yesterday?
Ellen: No, I’m tired because I worked hard today.

Bob: Is he studying because he has a test?

Tom: No, he’s studying because he wants to learn the language.
Lt Sands: Why didn’t the plane take off?
Lt Reed: It didn’t take off because the weather was bad.
Rita: Why is Judy happy today?
Lori: She’s happy because she graduates today.

WHY DID JAN GO TO THE POST OFFICE?

JAN WENT TO THE POST OFFICE BECAUSE SHE NEEDED STAMPS.
Look at the pictures and answer the questions using because and the words under the pictures.
Why are they standing in line? packages
They’re standing in line because they want to mail their packages.
Why is he giving the boy a gift?
Graduation
2.Why is she studying? test
Why is she going to the grocery store? bread, milk, and eggs

Why is he putting on his gloves? cold

Why are they looking at the map? lost

Why is he so tired? out of shape

Why are they going to the gym? Basketball

Why is she packing her suitcase? vacation

Why is she so happy? Test

Why are they crying? tired and hungry

1. The cake tastes sweet.

3. The lemon tastes sour.
2. The meat tastes salty.
4. This coffee tastes bitter.
LEMONS TASTE SOUR.
Make a sentence with a food and sweet, sour, salty, and bitter.a taste.
The tastes are:
EXAMPLE: cakeCake tastes sweet.
1. black coffee
3. chicken
5. lemons
7. meat
9. black tea (without sugar)
green apples cookies
pie fish green grapes

Grammar THE BREAD SMELLS GOOD.

An adjective is used after a linking verb to show a state or condition.

MR. BROWN DOESN’T FEEL VERY WELL THIS MORNING.

Read the sentences under the pictures.
4. He looks awful.
2.His head feels 3. He doesn’t sound hot. good.
Mr. Brown is
sick.
5. The medicine 6. It tastes
smells bad. terrible.

DOES THE COFFEE TASTE GOOD?

Read your part and learn it well enough to say it without looking at your book.
Bob: Is the coffee good?
Ted: No. It tastes bitter.
Allen: Do you feel well?
Fred: No, I don’t feel well at all.
*****

Mike: Did Tom sound happy?

Tom: Yes, he sounded very happy.

Roger: How does the bread smell?

Peter: It smells good.

Harry: Is this jacket expensive?

Kevin: No, it only looks expensive.

Capt Smith:
How does the sky look today?It looks clear.
Jim: Do the towels feel wet?
Ed: No, they feel dry now.

HOW WAS YOUR VACATION?

Read the paragraphs. Ask and answer questions about them. Use the verbs be, feel, look, sound, smell, and taste.
EXAMPLE: Jan and Sue flew to Canada for a vacation. The flight was awful. The food and weather were bad.
They began to feel sick.

How were the food and weather on the flight?

They were bad.

How did they feel on the airplane?

They felt sick.

1. They felt better at their hotel. Their room was nice, and their dinner in the hotel restaurant tasted delicious.
The weather was clear and cool the next day. The white snow on the mountains looked beautiful. Everything outside
smelled clean and sweet.
3. Jan and Sue climbed a mountain and sat on top for a long time. They felt tired but happy.

First listen to the paragraph. Next write parts of the sentences you hear. Then check your paragraph.

WHAT HAPPENED?
BOOK 9 LESSON 2

What happened here? Who caused the accident?

The man in the red car ran the red light.
Betty was studying in the library last night.
Ask Sergeant Winters to come to my office before lunch.
Ken told Mike to turn off the light.
Our jackets are similar.

Map/Directions Match columns! Write paragraph

Sentence Expansion

bother break/broke buckle (up) cause cross face

different from heavy traffic similar (to) the same as

fasten happen keep/kept (on) obey ride/rode run/ran
across at fault behind
careful careless dark in back of in front of left light right
accident auto automobile bicycle bike cause curve dent fault fine insurance
law light place pole police!
police
officer rider seat belt stop ticket traffic
Look at the pictures and repeat the sentences.
The automobile on the left side of the road is white. The auto on the riyht side is black.
c 1-4 Oo L
Jane rides her bicycle •to school every day.
2. The drivers of the two autos had an accident. It happened on the corner of 4th and Elm.
4. She rode her bike to the store yesterday.

THERE ARE ALWAYS MANY AUTOMOBILES ON THE STREETS.

5. Theres a bank across the street from the library.
. Jim’s father is a police officer. His car has red and blue licrhts on top.
6. Be careful! Don’t cross the street when
 a bus is coming.
8. This driver is going very fast around the curve. He’s a careless driver.
9. There are many cars on the highway. There’s a lot of traffic. There’s usually very heavy traffic from 4:30 to
6:30 in the afternoon.
11. Don’t bother me now, I’m very busy.
Jimmy.
10. It’s Friday afternoon and everyone wants to get home. No one can move. There’s a big traffic j am.
12. The heat bothers me. can’t get cool.
MRS. SIMMS HAD AN AUTOMOBILE ACCIDENT.

1. John was on his way home after work. He was on the right side of the road. Mrs. Simms
was on her way to the store. She was careless. She drove very fast around the curve.
2. She drove on John’s side of the road. John thought she was going to move back to the
other side. She didn’t. She kept on coming in his direction.
3. She crossed in front of his truck. They ran off
the road.
4. Mrs. Simms hit the tree. She caused the accident.
5. Mrs. Simms wasn’t hurt. She got out to check her car. It had dents in many places.
6. John found a phone. He called the police to tell them about the accident.

THE BICYCLE RIDER CAUSED THE ACCIDENT.

Repeat the underlined words. Read the sentences.
1. The bicycle rider was careless. He didn’t stop when the light turned red. He ran the red light.
2. The driver of the car had to make a fast stop. He
ran into the light pole.
. The bicycle rider caused the accident. He was at fault. The accident wasn’t the driver’s
fault.
4. Jim is facing the sun. The sun is in his eyes and he can’t see very well. Sometimes the sun in
your eyes can be the cause of an
accident.
5. The children played baseball next to the house. This isn’t a good thing to do. You might break
a window. That’s what Dennis did. He broke the window in the living room.
ANNE WAS STUDYING IN THE LIBRARY.
What were you doing last night? I was studying in the library.
9

I WAS THINXING ABOUT MY VACATION.

Read your part and learn it well enough to say it without looking at your book.
Why were you smiling a minute ago?
I was thinking.
What were you thinking about?
My vacation next week.

What were you doing last night?

I was studying at the library.
What were you studying?
French. I was reviewing for today’s test.
I don’t understand this exercise.
Were you listening to the teacher?
No. What was he saying?
He was explaining this exercise.

WHO WAS READING A BOOK LAST NIGHT?

Your instructor will read a sentence and then give you a word or phrase to substitute. Make a new sentence with that
word or phrase. Look at the pattern.
Helen was reading a book last night.
Jane
Jane was reading a book last night.
watching a movie
Jane was watching a movie last night.
WHAT WAS LAURA DOING YESTERDAY?
SHE WAS WAITING FOR THE BUS.
Ask and answer the questions about the the past progressive.
What was Laura doing at 6:30?
She was eating breakfast.
2. Who was Laura talking to at 9:00?
1. Where was Laura standing at 7:00?

AN IMPORTANT DAY FOR AL

Yesterday was an important day for Al. He wrote down some of the things he did. Read his notes and then
ask questions using the past progressive.

EXAMPLES:
What was Al eating at 5:30 a.m.? He was eating breakfast.
Who was calling at 6:00 a.m.?
Joe was calling to make sure Al was awake.

My Big Day - ate breakfast, Dad called to make sure I was awake
- read the paper, my friend Joe called to make sure I was awake
- left for the office, there was an accident near the base and a big traffic jam
reviewed the schedule for the morning,
-

Sgt Lewis came by to see if I needed anything

I met
- met the President’s flight
- The President spoke to the men, I made a last minute check of the dining room
—ate lunch
- showed the President around the base, it began to rain
- rode with the President back to the airport, the rain stopped
- returned to my office, what a day! the President!

ALL DRIVERS MUST OBEY THE TRAFFIC LAWS.

Look at the pictures and repeat the the sentences.
underlined words.
Then read
1. Don’t cross the street when the sign says
DON’T WALK.
2. In the U.S., you must keep to the right side of the street. It’s the law.
3. In Texas, all drivers must wear their seat belts. Mrs. Adams and her son obey the law.
4. Lt Dean fastens his seat belt when he gets in a car. He always buckles
5. In many states, drivers must have insurance on their cars. It is the law. The
insurance helps pay for the cost of accidents.
6. Mr. Evans got a ticket. He was driving very fast, and he wasn’t wearing a seat
belt. He broke two traffic laws. Now Mr. Evans must pay a fine. It will cost him a
lot of money.
Choose One.
 Choose the best answer to complete the sentences. Mark a, b, c, or d.
1. The driver didn’t stop at the stop sign. The police officer gave him a _____

a. curve c. fault
b. bike
d. ticket
2. We were trying to watch the movie and some people kept talking. They _____ everyone.
a. happened c. bothered
b. broke
d. stopped
3. I have to return these books. Can we make a library?
b. cause
d. card

The white car made a fast stop. He tried to miss the boy on the bicycle. The black car didn’t have time to
stop. He it the white car.
What happened here?
The driver in the white car was careful. He tried to stop. The boy on the bicycle was careless. The accident
was his fault. The driver in the black car just didn’t have enough time to stop.
I want to know what happened here.
There was a lot of traffic. The car was coming around the curve. I was looking straight ahead. I just didn’t see the car.
The driver didn’t have enough time to stop. He hit me.
Tell me what happened.
I tried to stop, sir. I was coming around the curve. I just didn’t see the boy in time. I hit him. Then this car hit me.
Did you have your seat belt fastened? Yes, sir. I wasn’t hurt because I buckled up.
I didn’t see what happened. Was it the boy’s fault?
I saw the accident, but I don’t know whose fault it was.
Do you think he’ll get a ticket? I don’t know. He needs to be more careful.8.
A
SK CAPTAIN HENRY TO COME TO MY OFFICE.
Ask Mr. Carter to sign this letter.
Tell Ms. Davis to mail it right away.
Tell Major Sanders to call the BX manager.
Ask Captain Henry to come to my office.
Tell Sergeant Hays to bring my car at 1:00.
Please tell Mark to move his car.
Ask Fred to turn off the lights.
Please tell Mr. Harris to go to Jim’s office.
Read the dialogs. Learn one line of a dialog well enough to say it without looking at the book.

Bob: Mark is ready to leave.

Tim: Ask him to wait a second.
Ms. Nelson:
Tom:Do you need to talk to John? Yes. Tell him to call me at 10:00.

DID YOU ASK THE WAITER TO BRING US COFFEE?

NO. I ASKED HIM TO BRING THE MENU.
Do you want to look at the breakfast or lunch menu, sir? Please bring me the breakfast menu.
Here you are, sir. I’ll be back in a few minutes to take your order.
Hi, Steven. Sit down and eat with me.
Thanks. What menu did you ask the waiter to bring?
I asked him to bring the breakfast menu.
Good. Did you ask him to bring coffee, too?
No, I didn’t, but I will.
We’d like to open a checking account.
Please fill out these two forms. You keep the white one and give me the green one.
What form did she tell us to keep?
She told us to keep the green one.
Here you are ma’ am. Here’s the white form.
I told you to keep the white form. I need the green one.
I’m sorry. Here’s the green one.

Get off your bicycles, boys.

What did that police officer tell us to do?
He told us to get. off our bicycles.
Don’t ride your bikes across the street. It’s not safe. Walk beside them.
George, what did the police officer tell you and Edward?
George: He told us not to ride our bikes across the street.
Mrs. Hall:
SGT SMITH TOLD AIRMAN HARRIS TO CLEAN THE BARRACKS.
Read the sentences; then answer the questions. Look at the examples.
EX.~.MPLES: Sgt Smith: Airman Harris, clean the barracks.
I: What did Sgt Smith tell Airman Harris?
Si: He told him to clean the barracks.
Maj Dean: Will you please sit down, lieutenant?
I: Did Maj Dean ask the lieutenant to stand up?
Si: No, he didn’t. He asked him to Sit down.

1. Harold: Jim, will you please cut the grass today?

2. Gilbert: Don’t forget your umbrella, Bob.
3. Roland: Waiter, please bring me the check.
4. Sgt Morales: Come in and close the door, airman.
5. Lt Miller: Close that window, sergeant.
6. Carol: Please turn off the light in the kitchen, Sue.
7. Mr. Wells: Look at the problem on the chalkboard, Mac.
8. Ms. Nelson: Please don’t take this book from the library, Mr. Knight.
Students, be on time for the quiz tomorrow.
Boys, please don’t leave those wet towels on the floor.
9. Mr. Holder:
10. Mr. Randall:

YOUR UNIFORM IS SIMILAR TO MINE.

Our uniforms are alike.
Yes, they’re very similar. Only the sleeves are different
You’re right. The other things are the same.
Is Al’s uniform the same as ours?
No. His is different from ours.
He’s in the Navy.
Sam: Noon and 1200 hours are the same.
Ed: Noon is the same as 1200 hours.
Sam: 1200 hours and noon are alike.
Mike: Soap and shampoo are similar.
Lee: I know. Shampoo is similar to soap.
Mike: Yes, shampoo and soap are alike. They both are used to clean.
Oscar: Soccer and American football are different.
Kevin: I know what you mean! The two games are not alike.
Oscar: American football is different from soccer.

ARE BOOTS SIMILAR TO SHOES?

Ask and answer questions about the words. Use like, alike, the same, the same as, different,
different from, similar, and similar to.
EXAMPLES:boots/shoes
Are boots and shoes the same?
No, they’re not.
Are boots and shoes different?
Yes, they are.
Are shoes and boots similar?
Yes. We wear both on our feet.
No. Boots are heavy, and shoes are light.

door/gate

Is a door similar to a gate?

Are a door and a gate similar?
Yes, they are. You use a door to go into a house.
use a gate to go into the yard.

YOU GIVE ME ANY ADVICE?

BOOK 9 LESSON 3
What should I do with this wallet?
You should look for a name, then call the owner.
You should tell Sgt Sinims that you are leaving early.
How does Jack drive?
He drives very carefully.
columns!
Write paragraph iing
Map/Directions Sentence Expansion
Topic
Dictation
borrow care about care for enjoy
fix guess hurt
lend! lent lie
not care (for)
park repair should
anyone badly carefully carelessly correctly easily excited
fast how maybe safely slowly someone
advice feelings friendship garage lie opinion
party roommate secret story tool truth

go out
hurt (someone’s) feelings a little white lie
in my opinion
tell (someone) a lie, a secret, a story, the time, the truth
1. Donna and I are roommates. We live in the same apartment.
2. We’re also good friends. Our friendship started when
we were in high school.
3. When I don’t know what to do, Donna gives me advice. For example, last Saturday I wanted
to go to Tom’s birthday party. I also wanted to go to dinner with some friends who were visiting from New York. I
asked Donna what I should do. Her advice was to go out with my friends from New York.
4. Next month Donna is going to China to study for a year. She is very excited and talks a lot
about the trip. When she comes back, I know she will tell us many interesting stories.
5. Friday is Donna’s birthday. We are going out to a restaurant for dinner. Maybe we’ll have
Chinese food or maybe we’ll have some French food. I’m not sure. After dinner we’ll go to a movie.
6. Donna’s mother is here to visit. Donna cares about her mother very much. Her mother
is also excited about Donna’s trip to China. She will visit her next summer.
6
Harry: Well, maybe you’ll want some dessert later. Excuse me, please. I’m going to go over and talk to Bill and
Linda.
Joe: You didn’t have dinner with your parents. We were playing football until 45 minutes ago.
Paul: I know. I didn’t want to lie, but Harry’s a terrible cook. I got sick the last time I ate his food. I just told
him that little white lie because I didn’t want to hurt his feelings.
Joe: Oh. Yes, sometimes a lie--not a big one--just a little white lie seems like the best thing to do. To tell you
the truth, I don’t care for his cooking either. But, he was standing right next to me and I had to take some!
Answer the questions.

Use the vocabulary from the lesson.

Are Joe, Paul, and Harry at the movies?
Where is the party?
Why isn’t Paul eating?
Did he eat dinner before he came to the party?
Did he tell Harry the truth?
Was it a big lie?
Why did he tell a little white lie?
When was the last time you told a little white lie?

CONVERSATIONS BETWEEN SAM AND LOU.

Lou: Where’s Mike?
Sam: I don’t know. late today.
Lou: Well, do you want to go see that new movie?
Sam: Okay. Do you want me to drive?
Lou: I guess you should. My car wasn’t working right today.
I guess he’s at work. He said he might work.
9. Please don’t bother Dave right now. He has to write a _____ for his English class.
a. truth b. story c. lie

10. Let’s wait a few more minutes. Tony will come.

_____

a. If b. Maybe c. Before
I WANT TO TELL YOU SOMETHING.
the expressions in the box to complete the sentences.

PLEASE, DON’T TELL ANYONE.

Read the sentences.
1. Are you waiting for someone?
2. No, I’m not waiting for anyone.
3. Jane saw someone go into Captain Smith’s office
4. Did Sue see anyone in the office?
5. Yes, she saw someone in front of Mike’s room.
6. Does Sergeant Allen want anyone to move this box?
I’ll park it out front when it’s
Ted: That’s fast! I thought it would take a lot longer because it’s an old automobile. Do you have all the tools that you
need?
Yes, I have old tools to fix old cars, and new tools to fix new cars.
Ted: Do you want me to leave the car here or should I park it out front?
Just leave it here.ready.
Ted: Okay. I’m going to Sam’s house after work. He lent me a tape and I need to return it.
What kind of tape did he lend you?
It’s a tape with music from a movie that we saw last week.
Does he have a lot of tapes?
He sure does. I’d like to borrow some more of them. Uh, do you have a car I can borrow?
...

Answer the questions about the dialog.

1. What did Ted ask Al to do?
2. Where does Al work?
3. How long will it take to repair the car?
4. What does a mechanic use to repair cars?
5. Does the mechanic have the tools that he needs?
6. Where will the mechanic put the car when it’s ready?
7. What did Sam lend Ted?
8. What does Ted want to borrow from Al?
TVS, REFRIGERATORS, AND MORE
1. Which shop fixes only TVs?

2. Which place will pick up for free?

3. Where can you buy a refrigerator?

4. Where can you get a radio repaired?

I THINK WE SHOULD WALK.
Read your part and learn it well enough to say it without looking at your book.
1. Bob: The restaurant is 6 blocks away. Should we walk or take a taxi?
Tom: I think we should walk.
2. Al: We must be at the airport at 7:30.
Ed: We should leave right after dinner.
3. Mike: Which tie should I wear?
Pete: You should wear the red one. shirt.
When should we leave?It looks good with that
Should I wear my black suit?

Yes, I think you should. It’s the Only one thaL’s clean.
5. Roger: We are going to be late for the party. call Helen?

Kevin: Yes, I think we should.Should we

YOU SHOULDN’T DRIVE SO FAST.
Change the sentence.
Use shouldn’t and the words in parentheses.
EXAMPLE: Bob should take two sweaters. He shouldn’t take a heavy coat.
(a heavy coat)
You should take the bus. (a taxi)
We should go swimming tomorrow. (today)
Mike should go to a different barber. (the same)
Janet should buy the long coat. (the short one)
Gregory should play soccer. (football)
You should eat a big breakfast. (dinner)
We should walk to the store. (drive)
Stores should sell drinks in bottles. (cans)
Bill and Beth should stay with us. (in a hotel)
I should order soup and a salad. (beef and potatoes)99
SHOULD I BUY A NEW CAR?
Give advice to the other person. Look at the
Should I buy furniture or rent it?
How long will you stay here?
A year, or maybe less.
Jack: Then you should rent it.
Should I fix my car or buy a new one?
How old is it?
It’s ten years old.
Should I buy a big car or a small car?
How many children do you have?
Should I buy a pet?
Do you like animals?
Yes. I think they’re interesting.
Should I buy a big dog?
Do you have a large yard?
No. I live in an apartment.
Should I visit Chicago or Houston?
Do you like cold weather?
Yes, I enjoy it.
Should I keep my house or sell it?
Do you think you’ll move back here sometime?
No, I’ll never move back here.
Do you think I should find a different job?
Are you bored?
No. I like this job, but I’m tired.
Where should we go for lunch? I’d like a hamburger and french fries. How about you?
Fred: That sounds good to me.
IS MIKE A CAREFUL DRIVER?
YES, TIE DR1VES CAREFULLY.
Read the pairs of sentences.
1. That was a bad tennis game Mark and John played. They played badly.
2. Nick is a careful driver. He drives carefully.
3. Jack is a careless driver. He drives carelessly.
4. Bob is a safe driver. He drives safely.
5. Ed gave him the correct answer.He answered correctly.
6. That was an easy test for Bill. He answered all the questions easily.
7. Frank is a very slow mechanic. He works slowly.
8. Mike is a good cook.He cooks well.

DO YOU DRIVE CAREFULLY?

1. Jim’s driving carelessly.
2. The girls are walking slowly.

3. Don slept badly last night. 4. Ellen arrived safely.

ANNA SPEAKS FRENCH WELL.

Read the sentences.
1. Please drive safely.
2. A train can’t stop fast.
3. The instructor spoke slowly.
4. The students listened carefully.
5. The class reviewed the lesson well.
6. Sam answered the questions correctly.
7. The clerk counted the money carelessly.
8. Harvey moved the heavy bookcase easily.
9. The student pilot landed the airplane badly.

PLEASE DO THIS CORRECTLY.

Use the correct form of the word to complete the sentences.

EXAMPLE: John speaks English correctly . (correct)

1. Nancy writes ______________. (bad)

2.Roy reads his language book very ______________. (careful)

110W DID MARY DRIVE THIS MORNING?

How did Mike drive on the trip? He drove carelessly.

2. Jim: How does Lori cook? Alan: She cooks well.

3.Mother: How did the children sleep last night?

Father: They didn’t sleep well.

how does Jimmy ride his bike? He rides very carefully.

How did he repair the car? He repaired it easily.

6. Mr. Gates: How does Frank do his job? Mr. White: He does it very carefully and correctly.

DID LINDA ANSWER THE QUESTION CAREFULLY?

Ask and answer questions like the example. In the question, use how and the underlined word. In the answer use the
underlined word and a word from the box.

badly correctly safely

carefully easily slowly
carelessly fast well

EXAMPLE:
Mary was late this morning. breakfast in five minutes.
She had to eat

How did she eat? She ate fast.

1. Donna likes to cook. She fixed a big dinner Sunday, and everyone thought the food was delicious.
2. Lt Peters is writing a letter for the general. Everything in the letter has to be right.
3. Frank and Pat Day have two young children. Last night the children were sick and cried for hours. Frank and
Pat didn’t sleep much.
4. Bruce is driving to his office. He’s drinking a cup of coffee and he’s talking to someone in the back seat. He
isn’t thinking about the traffic.
5. Paul wants to get a job at the bank. They gave him a lot of forms to fill out. He took his time completing the
forms and filled in all the information.
6. John’s taking a math test right now. The problems aren’t hard for him. The teacher gave the class only 30
minutes for the test. The other students may not finish it, but John will.

CAN YOU GIVE ME ANY ADVICE?

Read the dialogs.

1.Roger: I found this wallet, but I don’t know whose it is.
Kevin: Maybe you should look through it to find an ID.
 Roger: Yes, and then we should call that person right away.

2. David: It’s time for class and I forgot my book. What

should I do?

Stan: You can borrow mine. I won’t need it until 10:00.

David: Thanks. I’ll give it to you after this first class.

3. Mark: Look at this check. My father sent me this money for my birthday. What do you think I should do
with it?
Carl: I guess you should save it. Then you won’t have to
borrow money from me all the time.
4. Jack: I told Al that I didn’t know who broke his TV. I told a lie. I broke it accidentally. What should I do?

Chris: Tell him the truth. He’s your friend. He’ll understand. Then maybe you should help pay for the
repair.

YOU SHOULD ....

Read the situation. Choose a response or make one of your own. Then give advice in a complete sentence using
should.
1. My friend borrowed $10 from me three weeks ago. When I ask him about the money, he tells me “next week,
next week. What should I do?

a. ask him again

b. forget about it
c. tell a friend to ask him about it

d. other
• YOU FORGIVE ME?
BOOK 9 LESSON 4
apologize bathe fill (up) forgive! forgave hang/hung hope mean/meant (to) realize run/ran out of spill step (on) worry

take/took a bath so soft sorry worried (about) prif. room

WILDA AND WALTER’S TRIP

Wilda and Walter were getting

ready to go on a trip. They had to do

the laundry because all their clothes

were dirty. They washed and dried

their clothes.
 After they finished the laundry,

they packed their suitcases. They

-

put all the baggage in the car. They

hoped to leave early the next day.

The alarm clock woke them up early

the next morning. They were really

tired. They didn’t want to get up

so early, but they did.

They started the trip with a full tank of gasoline in the car. After they drove for about

5 hours, Walter checked the gas gauge. He realized the tank was almost empty. He

didn’t want to run out of gas. He stopped at a gas station in the next block to fill up

the car.
7LIEL 7LIEL

They filled up the tank and asked the clerk,

“Where are the restrooms?” He told them

that the restrooms were at the side of the

gas station. The men’s room was on the left

and the ladies’ room was on the right.

 AT THE MOTEL

Wilda and Walter arrived at the motel at 6:30. They were glad they had reservations because the

motel was full. Many people were traveling that day.

.

When they got to their room, a lady

was making the bed. She was putting

clean sheets on the bed. There were

‘- two soft pillows on the bed and a

blanket, too.

8.

There were two chairs in the room. One was a nice soft chair. The other was a hard chair.
9.
They were really tired at the end of the long day. Wilda

wanted to take a bath and relax. She filled up the bathtub

and stayed in the bath for 20 minutes. She felt better

after she bathed.

10.

Walter opened the suitcase and hung up some of their clothes in the closet. He didn’t hang up

everything because there were only 3 hangers in the closet.

11.

The next morning, they woke up at 6:30

without an alarm clock. They got dressed

and went to pay the motel bill. Then they

went to the restaurant to have breakfast.

TRUE OR FALSE?

Listen to the statements and tell if they are true or false.

Chuck:
Tony:
You look worried.

I am. I didn’t study for the test.

Chuck: You should be worried. Mr. Ames said it

was going to be a difficult test. Maybe next

time you should study more and worry less.

WILL YOU FORGIVE ME?

Dan: I need to talk to you, Tom.

I want to apologize to you.
Tom: You should. You really made me angry! I

thought we were good friends. Why did you

tell Bill that I took his wallet?

6
ARE YOU WORRIED?

I’M SORRY.

Sam: I’m pleased that you forgave Dan. I know he really hurt you.
Tom: Yes, he did. But after he apologized today, we said we were going to forget it.

Dan: You are a good friend. I learned an important lesson.

Sam: Now, let’s watch the game.

Well, I saw you with his jacket at Cathy’s party. Cathy asked me to hang up everyone’s jacket. I was just

taking them to the closet. Then when Bill was getting readj to go, he said his wallet was gone.

Tom: Yes, and then when he got home he realized it was in his gray pants hanging in the closet.

Dan: I really am sorry. I hope you’ll forgive me.

I THINK THIS MOVIE IS BORING.

I fotqcr; (That) we hac~ a test today.~.

I tWrtk (thpt) tfrts~ mqvi~ 4q bcn~ng.
-e hcapeE: (that) you’J4L corn. to his paz’ty.
for9et ~ues~ h~r te~,1tze
learn thutnk hope remember
see rea~ know ijnderstar~

After these verbs inc2ip~ti~q rn~ntaI.

activxty you use a that noun clpud~
as a direct object. Notice that

Read the dialogs.

1. Jim: Do you think this movie is boring?
Tom: No, I think it’s interesting.
2. Dan: I guess I’ll have to study this weekend.
Don: I guess I will too.

3. Kim: Did Mike realize that it was 11:30?

Pat: No, he didn’t. He thought that it was only 10:30.
4.Sue: Does Tom know that Jim is arriving tonight?
Bob: Yes, he learned that he was arriving about an hour
ago.
5.Tim: I heard on the radio that it’s going to rain tonight.
Pam: I saw on TV that the rain might change to snow later.

THE OTHER STUDENTS KNOW THAT THE TEST STARTS AT 10:00.

Complete the sentences using a that noun clause. Look at example.

EXAMPLE: The test starts at 10:00. Paul doesn’t realize

1. John told the truth. Marsha knows

2. John didn’t tell a lie. Ann knows
the
Paul doesn’t realize it.

that the test starts at 10:00.

3. Jason will leave on Friday.

Jason learned
ALEX IS GLAD THAT TIM AND BOB ARRIVED SAFELY.
Alex: I’m really glad you’re here.

Tim: We’re happy that we’re here, but we’re upset

that we’re so late.

3. Alex wasn’t angry that the plane was late.

to see that his friends arrived safely.

He was happy
Grammar
THE MANAGER IS ANGRY THAT THE APARTMENT IS DIRTY.
Match the correct letter to the number.
EXAMPLE:
a a.
The manager is angry

_____ 1. Lt Hill was upset

_2. The students are glad _____ 3. The waitress is happy _____ 4. The driver is sorry
5. The teacher is angry
that the apartment is dirty.

b. that someone left her a big tip.

c. that the airman didn’t salute.

d. that three students are late.

e. that they don’t have to take a test.

f. that he didn’t put gas in his taxi.

IS TOM HAPPY THAT HE BOUGHT A SMALL CAR?

TOM’S NOT HAPPY THAT HE BOUGHT A SMALL CAR.
Read the sentences. Then put them together in a question using an adverbial that clause. Look at the example.
EXAMPLE: Tom bought a small car. Is he happy?
Is Tom happy that he bought a small car?

1. His son broke the window. Is Mr. Letterman angry?

2. Donna’s car ran out of gas. Is she upset?
3. Fred lost Jim’s new jacket. Is he sorry?
4. Her husband remembered her birthday. Was Mrs. Davis pleased?
5. Betty doesn’t have to work today. Is she glad?
6. The Martins lost their airline tickets. Are they upset?

Now put the sentences together to make a negative sentence with a that adverbial clause. Look at the example.
EXAMPLE: Tom bought a small car. He’s not happy.
Tom’s not happy that he bought a small car.
Helen’s friend lied to her. She’s not happy.
His traffic ticket cost $75. Ken’s not pleased.
Tommy broke an old glass. His mother’s not upset.
Janet moved to Houston. She’s not sorry.
Paul was late to dinner. Ann wasn’t angry.
John sold his car. He wasn’t glad.
IS AL SORRY THAT HE DIDN’T STUDY FOR THE TEST?
Use one of the words below to complete the sentence. Use each word only once.
1. The teacher is homework.
2. Mr. Hawkins was
well on the test.
3. Pam’s _______________

4. Lt Simpson was remembered him.

glad sorry
happy pleased that the class didn’t do the that his students did
that she hurt her friend’s feelings. that Col Lynch
STEVE APOLOGIZED FOR LOSING LISA’S NOTEBOOK.
What did Ms. Young apologize to you for? She apologized for forgetting to return my call.
What is Steve apologizing to Lisa for? He is apologizing to her for losing her notebook.
Did the other driver apologize for running the red light?
No, he didn’t. He thinks the accident was my fault.
What was the waitress apologizing to John for? She was apologizing for bringing him cold food.
Did the motel clerk apologize for giving us the wrong room?
Yes, he did. He apologized right away.
JACK APOLOGIZED TO JILL FOR SPILLING HER ORANGE JUICE.
Read the sentences. Make a new sentence using apologize for + gerund. Look at the example.
EXAMPLE:
Jack spilled Jill’s orange juice. He apologized to her.
Jack apologized to Jill for spilling her orange juice. OR Jack apologized for spilling Jill’s orange juice.

1. The travel agent lost our airline tickets. He apologized.

2. Brad parked his car in the wrong place. He apologized.
3. The barber cut Roy’s ear. He is apologizing.
4. Sara was talking in class. She apologized to her teacher.

5. The waitress gave Ted the wrong check. She apologized to him.

6. Ralph ran the stop sign. He apologized to the other driver.

7. Ed forgot to put gas in the car. He is apologizing to his father.
8. Cindy’s brother hurt her feelings.
139
He is apologizing.
I’M SORRY!
Here are some expressions we use to apologize to someone.
I’m sorry.
Please forgive me.
Excuse me.
I want to apologize.
Here are some expressions we use to respond to an apology.
That’s okay.
No problem.
Don’t worry about it.
That’s all right.
Don’t let it happen again.

I APOLOGIZE. IT WAS AN ACCIDENT.

Mike: Can you forgive me, Sue? I didn’t mean to hurt your feelings.

Sue: Well, I know now that you didn’t mean to hurt my feelings. Yes, I’ll forgive you.
Jeff: Oh! Was that your foot? I’m sorry. Does it hurt?
Lori: It’s okay. It was an accident. It will be all right in a minute.
I’m so sorry, sir. I guess I had too many things in my hands. Did I get any water on you?
No, don’t worry about it. Nothing spilled on me.
I want to apologize for not calling you yesterday. I was very busy all day.
That’s all right. I’m glad you had time to call me today.
Jim: Excuse me. I didn’t realize that you were sitting here.
I’ll move over.
Carla: No problem. Thank you.
IT’S OKAY THIS TIME, BUT NEXT TIME BE MORE CAREFUL.
Read the situation and then choose the phrase that best completes the dialogs.
1. Jack was running because he was late. caused him to spill his coffee.
Jack: Oh no! Fred, (I’m sorry /No problem.) I hope that didn’t
get on your trousers.
Fred: No, it didn’t. (It’s all right./Excuse me.) Please watch where you’re going next time.
 BOOk 10 LESSON 1
Summary

F. Can you tell me how to operate this machine? First, put the money in the aslot.
G. Bill know how to fix the car. Bill taught me how to fix my car. Mark asked him how
to fix his car.Barbara listens to music while she exercises. No, James wasn't eating when you called.
Where did you go after you left the library? Dinner is at eight. You're supposed to be there at
eight.
V.
be supposed to
stick\stuck a infige; toiag; bat; a lipi teach\taugh a instrui; a preda
get back a reveni; a se intoarce got back
work opera; munca after mai tarziu/dupa
another o alta; un alt; un altul before in fata; inainte
everywhere peste tot exacrt exact; a pretinde; corect
exactly chiar; exact favorite
finally in incheiere; definitiv last\lastly cel din urma; trecut(timp); ultim(ul)
no nu out of afara din; depasit
popular popular stuck part. trecut de la stick
until pana ce; pana la when cand; in timp ce; pe cand
cream frisca; smantana cheving mestecare
chew a mesteca knob ciot; maner(sferic la usi); nod
machine masina; aparat; dispozitiv nut nuca; aluna
opening deschidere; inaugurare selection selectie; sortare; alegere
soda apa gazoasa; sifon soda pop suc acidulat la cutie
detergent diet drink
soft drink time vreme; timp
tray copaie; tava vending machine automat
wasing machine masina de spalat diet a tine regim; dieta; regim
gum\cheving gum coin return
out of order
dispense a prepara(medicamente); a imparti; a distribui
drop a lasa sa cada; bomboana; a cadea; picatura; strop
find out a prinde cu minciuna; a afla; a descoperi
insert figura; gravura; a insera; pagina intercalata; a insera; a intercala; medalion
operate a opera(med); a actiona; a manui
gum a secreta cauciuc; arborele de cauciuc; cauciuc; ; clei; a lipi; guma; guma de mestecat
while cat timp; pe cand; pe cata vreme; desi; in timp ce
candy bar bomboane; a se zaharisi; zahar candel
chip a aschia; aschie; ciobitura; a faramita
coin a bate(moneda); a inventa(cuvinte); moneda
release descarcare; a achita; a scuti; eliberare; liberar
 1.Be careful or the stamp will stick to your fingers.
2. The stamp stuck to his finger.
3. The stamp is stuck to his fingr.
4. The stamp sticks to his finger.
5.I stuck the milk in the refrigerator.
6. The vegetable drawer is stuck. I can't close it.

1.This is a vending machine.

2.It's a snack vending machine.
3.A snack vending machine dispenses snacks.
4.I can work this machine. It's easy. 5.It has a small opening for coins.
6.Put your coins in the slot. 7. The snack is supposed to drop into the tray.
8. Sometimes, the coins stick and nothing comes out.
9. Turn the coins return or coin relese. You'll get your money back.
10. Your coiuns will drop into the coin return.
11. Insert your coins again and wait until return.
12.Pull the knob below your selection. 14. Your snack selection will drop into the tray.

A. I'm thirsty. Let's get soda pop.

Z. Okay.There's soft drink vending maschine on the left side of the bilding.
A.Did they fix it? It was out of order yesterday.
Z. It was working earlier. I got a sodas from it this morning.
A.What kind do you want?
Z. A diet drink.
A. A diet drink?
Z.Yes. I need to lose 10 pounds.
A.There are no more diet drinks in the machine.
Z.Oh, you mean the machine is out of diet sodas.
A.Uh huh! Do you want something else?
Z. No, thanks. I'll get some water.

There’s a lot of sugar ia a soda pop. There’s a little sugar in juice. There’s no sugar in a
diet drink.
There are a lot of students in room A. There are a few students in room B.There are no students in room C.
There is\are\was\were + not
Bill found out how to fix the car. Bill forgot how to fix the car. Bill knew how to fix the car. Bill learned how
to fix the car. Bill remembered how to fix the car.
Bill showed me how to fix the car. Bill told me how to fix the car. Bill tought mehow to fix the car.
Bill asked me how to fix the car.
1. Jim forgot how to operate this machine. 2.Did you find out how to repair the bicycl?
3.Yes, I'll tell you how to f ix it. 4. Robert will teach him how to use it again.
5.I don't know how to drive a truck. 6.When did George learn how to cook
7. What is Sue showing Tom how to do?
8. Jane doesn't remember how to fly the plane. 9. Keith asked me how to fix the radio.
 When\while\after\before\until
Jerry listens the radio while he studies. Bonnie saw the new sofa when she came in. Major
Sims will write tous after he arrives home. James was waching TV before his brother called. Fran
can’t buy a new car until she saves some money.

1. Greg exercised until they closed the gym.

2.Will you mail this letter before you leave the office?
3.Lt Martin went to the drugstore after he left the dispensary.
4. Johnny always eats while cooks.
5. Kathy went to the movie after she finished her homework.
6.Robert can't send the package until he finds out the new address.
7.Does Captain Reyes always work out before he swims
8. Richard will learn Arabic when he goes to Yemen.
9. Mike was driving his new car when Dianed saw him.
10 Barbara istens to music while she exercises.

It’s the same, but diferent.

The students were studying when the teacher walked in
When the teacher walked in, the students were studying.

Can you tell me..?

1.Can you tell me how to use this machine?

2. Sure. Just put the money in the slot.
3. Wait until it drops. Then lift this door.
4.Make your selections.
5. How do you use this machine.
6.You're supposed to put your money in first. Then pull the knob.
7. Do you know how to operate this?
8. Push the button.
9.DO you know how this machine works?
10. Show me how this works, please.

A. Can you help me, please? I put some money in this machine, but the drink didn't come out. Do you think
it's out of order.
Z.No, I don't. I just bought a soft drink a few minutes ago. Maybe the coins are stuck.
A.What should do?
Z. Push the coin return. You should get your money back. Thentry again.

A. Will you please show me how this machine works? I want to buy a stamp for this letter.
Z. Sure.Just put a quarter in the slot. Push button and pul the stamp out.
A. Will the machine give me change?
Z.Yes, this one does. Look in the change cup.
A. Do you know where I can get something to eat?
Z. There's a vending machine with sandwiches in it in the next room.
A.Can you come with me and show me how to use it ?
Z.Oh, it's easy. Insert the money, make your selection by letter and number, and open the windows for your
sandwich.

A. I want to get a soda. Do you know how this machine works

Z. Yes.First put in 50 c make your selection, and then push th button. Be sure that the coins drop before you
push the button.
A. I'll get you one, too. What's your favorite soda?
Z. Oh thanks. 'd like a diet soda.

Be supposed to
I’m supposed to relax. You’re supposed to be on time for class. He’s supposed to wear a seatbelt.
We’re not supposed to drink a drive. They not supposed to smoke in the classroom.
Am I supposed to be in this building? Is he (she) supposed to go to the lab now? Are you (we; they)
supposed to report to the captain. Are they supposed to obey trafic laws

1. You're supposed to have a driver's license before you drive.

2. When dinner is at 7 o'clock, you're supposed to be there at 7 o'clock.
3.You're not supposed to smoke on airplanes.
4. What time are you supposed to be at the airport?
5. Is your class supposed to start at 6 o'clock?
6. I.m supposed to call my family tonight.
7. When you live in the city, you're supposed to keep your doog in the yard.
8. She's not supposed to walk on the grass at school.

BOOk 10 LESSON 2
Summary

F. Let me introduce you to my wife. Jill, this is Mark Smith.

G. We're ready to est. She's not afraid to live alone.Where…?
Across (from)\in frontof\in backof\behinin\on\under\at\near\above\
belong\by\next to
arrives = will arrive, is going to arrive, is arriving
V.
decidea hotara; a rezolva; a decide afraid infricosat; speriat
introduce a initia; a introduce; a stabili receive a primi
wrote down afraid infricosat; speriat
alone numai; singur down deal; puf; jos; a cobora; a dobori
downstairs pe scari in jos; situat la parter everybody toate; toti; fiecare
everyone toata lumea; toate; toti; fiecare politely
up terminat; gata; in sus; sus upstrairs la etaj; pe scari; sus
adult adult cafetaria restaurant cu autoservire
clothing store clothes straie; haine
 departament store escalator scara rulanta
introduction introducere; prefata neighbor vecin; invecinat
parking lot rule regula
shop magazin; pravalie shopping center
stairs scari; trepte supper supeu; cina
mall alee de plimbare publica; promenada
polite distins; elegant; amabil; politicos
pleased bucuros; multumit
floor dusumea; etaj; fund(de mare pestera); incinta a parlamentului
let\let auxiliar al imperativului; a ingadui; a lasa; a permite
shake\shook scuturare; zgaltai; zgaltaiala; a scutura; a zdruncina
write\ a compune muzica; a scrie; scriere
varirty store
go shopping
have you met (noun\pronoun\proper noun)?
How do you do?
I'd like you to meet
It's a pleasuere to meet you.
Let me introduce (noun\pronoun) to (noun\pronoun)

1.There are many stores in the shopping center.

2.Mall is another word for shopping center.
3.A departament store is a large store. It sells many kinds of things.
4.You can buy clothes, curtains, furniture, dishes, and tools at a depattament store.
5.A variety store also sells many different things.
6. A cafeteria is a restaurant similar to a mess hall.
7. There's a large parking lot in front of the shopping center. Many cars can park there.
8. The pet shop sells cats, dogs, and birds.
9. Many people like to shop in shopping centers.
10.When you go shopping at a shopping center, you can compare the prices for things in different
stores.
11.You can't park your car in front of the mall.
12.The police won't let you park there.

1.This shopping center has two floors, the first floor or ground flooe, and the second floor.
2. The stairs are next to thre barbershop.
3. The stairs don't move but escalator does.
4. People go up and down on the stairs and escalators.
5.The cafetaria and the bookstore are upstrairs.
6. The mall has clothing store for children and adults.
7. Men can buy clothes at the For Men clothing store upstrairs.
8. My Child Clothing store and Ben's Barbershop nare downstrairs.

A. John, have you met you Don Clarck?

Z.No, I haven't.
A. Well, let me introduce him to you.
 A.John I'd like you to meet Don clarck.
Z.It's a pleasure to meet you.
A. Glad to meet you, too.

A.Major Stans, let me introduce Captain gray. Major Stans, Captain Gray.
Z.How do you do, Captain gray?
X.How do you do sir? I'm pleased to meet you.
Z.Are you new in town?
X.Yes, I arrived judt two days ago.

Everyone\everybody
Is everyone going rhe party? Yes, everybody is going.
Does everyone (everybody) like to go the mall? Yes, everyone (everybody) like to go the mall.
No, not everyone (everybody) like to go the mall.

infinitive form of the verb (to eat, to leave, tosay, ) can

The infinitive form of the verb (to eat, to leave, tosay,) can sometime flfollow an adjective in the pattern:
Subject + BE + adjective +infinitive. The adjectives in the paradigm follow this pattern.
Ted isn’t ready to leave in the party. Col Davis will be pleased to speak at graduation. Calvin was
upset to hear about the accident. Janet is happy to be back in town.Frank was glad to help to say Judy
move.Lt Brooks is sorry to say good-bye to his men.Is Linda afraid to live alone ?

1.When will you be ready to go?

2.I'm pleased to be here today.
3. Mrs. Johnson isn't afraid to live alone.
4. Peter is glad to be a student in the United Staes.
5. The major was sorry to hear the bad news.
6. Was Arthur upset to see his score.
7. Robert was very happy to see you last night.
8. The children aren't ready to eat.
9. Pvt Andrews is afraid to talk to the captain.
10.Kevin will be glad to help you move.

Simple present tense

Sometime we use the simple present tense to express a future action.
Thre bus will arrive tomorrow. Thre bus is going to arrive tomorrow. Thre bus is arriving
tomorrow. Thre bus arrives tomorrow.

will arrive\ is going to arrive\ is arriving = arrives

A.What time will the plane take off.
Z.You plane takes off at 3:45.
 A.When is the plane going to land in Florida?
Z.The plane lands at 8:00 that evening.

A.Will someone pick me you up the airport?

Z. Yes, the hotel car picks you up at 8:55 and takes you to the hotel.

A.When will I return?

Z.Sunday morning .Y our plane leaves Florida at 9:00.a.m. It arrives here at 3:00 that afternoon.

A.Hello, Mr. Dodson. Am I leaving on Monday?

Z.Yes, you are. You need to be at the airport at 2 o'clock.

BOOk 10 LESSON 3
Summary

F. Would you please lend me your dictionary?

Sorry, but I don/t have one. Suere, I'd be happy too.
G . Lt Mathews likes flying helicopteres. Would you? Please lend me your dictionary? Sorry,
but I don/t have one. Suere, I/d be happy too.
Surre, I can. Sorry, I can't. What did the captain say? He said to report to the major's office.
V.
could\can a fi in stare; bidon; conserva; a putea
cover capac; husa; coperta; a acoperi; a ascunde
hand out a ajuta sa coboare; a da; a elibera
keep a respecta un angajament; a tine; a pastra
loosen a afana; a se dezlega; a slabi stransoarea
lower aer posac/amenintator; a apleca; a cobori
raise a creste vite; a starni; a ridica
replace a inapoia; a inlocui; a restitui
tighten a etansa; a incorda; a se contracta
would\will ai; ati; ar; as; voi; vei; va; vom; veti; (exprima dorinta)
cover capac; husa; coperta; a acoperi; a ascunde
key cheie; tasta; clapa; cheia exercitiilor; solutie; tonalitate (muzica)
certainly bineanteles; desigur
inflate a umfla jack up
remove a indeparta; a muta mind cuget; minte
pass out a absolvi; a iesi hurry up mai repede!; grabeste-te
common comun; obisnuit enough destul; suficient
extra supliment; in plus flat apartament; neted; plan
loose dezlegat; liber; nedeslusit quick\quickly prompt; iute
spare frugal; disponibil; liber tight etans; indesat; solid
air aer hub cap
hub bucsa; centru de activitate; butuc jack marinar; cric; individ
lug toarta; smucitura; a trage nut nuca; aluna
tire plictisi; pneu; cauciuc; a obosi trunk porbagaj trunchi; butuc
wheel invartire; roata wrench cheie(scula); entorsa; a forta

A car has four wheels. The tire is on the wheel. The hub cap (wheel cover) covers the hub or center of the
wheel. When you remove the hub cap and the nuts. A flat tire has little or no air. The lugs , or nuts fasten the
wheel to the car. When you loosen the nuts, turn the wrench to the left. When you tighten the nuts, turn the
wrench to the right. Use the jack to raise the xcar the ground. Use the lug wrench to remove the nuts. The
trunk is in the back of the car. Some common tire are the jack and the wrench. You need to open the trunk
with a car key.

1.Take your spare tire, lug wrench, and jack out of the trunk.
2.Remove the hub cap with the wrench. 3. Loosen the nuts with the wrensh.
4.Put the jack in place. 5. Jack up the car.
6.Remove the nuts from the wheel. 7. Remove the flat tire.
8. Put the spare tire on.
9. Replace the l8ug and, tighten them until you can/t turn them by hand.
10.Lower the car and, finish tightening the nuts.
11. Remove the jack and replace the hubcap.
12. Put the flat tire, the wrench, and the jack in the trunk.

When I need to keep warm, I put lots of covers on my bed.

When you need to keep warm, you put lots of covers on your bed; when I need to keep warm, I drink hot
coffee, I wear my glovers and cap.Gerunds
The object of a verb is usually a noun or pronoun. I like basketball.
The objectof a verb can also be a gerund. A gerund is the -ing form of verb. It is used as a noun.
I like playing basketball. (gerung)
I like playing basketball.(gerung phrase)
There are certain verbs that can be followed by gerunds.

Mike stars moving next week. The boy enjoy playing soccer.
Does William mind stopping here?
Sgt Kline didn't begin exercising until 7:00 a.m.
Jaqet finished esting before Peter. The Marines like driving alond the ocean.

1.Did Jim begin studying French last summer ? 2.Joe enjoys swimming in the summer.
3.Marie finished cleaning her room. 4. Lt Mathews likes flying helicopters.
5.Ms. Wilson does't mind staing until Sam gets back.
6.Sgt Hercules stared lifting weight when he was sixteen years ago.
7.Egard Alen Poe began writing when he was ten years ago.
Did Mary finish reparing the window?

Where did you begin studying for this quiz. I began studying three weeks ago.
Do you enjoy playing basketball? Yes, and I also enjoy playing soccer.
Does Mary like listening to the radio? Yes, and she likes watching TV, too.
When did Captain Maza start flying? He started flying six years ago.

Polite requests
We use could you an would to make polite requests (when we need another person’s help).
Polite request Annswers
Could you please open the do? Yes, of course I can. No.I’m sorry.
I can’t’
Would you help me with this box? Yes, I’ll be happy to help you.
I’d like to, but I can’t right now.
Could you take me to the commissary after class? Of course I can. I'd be glad to.
Could you please show me how this works? Yes, I can. I learned thie morning.
Could you tightenthe nut. No, I can't make it any tighter.

Would youhave dinner with me and my family tonight? Yes, I'll be happy to have dinner with tonight.
Would yiu help me move this desk? Sorry I can't. I have a bad back.
Would you please lend me your dictionary? Sorry, but I don.t have one.
Would you please hand me the dictionary? Sure, I'd be happy to.

What did the captain say? He said to report to the Major's office.
Freddy what did Dad say? He said to hang my coat up.
What did Maj John ask you? Maj John asked me to get him thr dictionary.

BOOk 10 LESSON 4
Summary

F. How your family? Fine, thanks you. And yuore?

How's the weather in Dallas? It's very pleasant right now.
What kind of work do you do? I'm a salesman. I sell cars.
G. Charles can'is able to take a vacantion this years. Is it coid outside? It's 35 degrees.
(Fahrenheit)What tine is it? It's one thirty. It takes about two hours to get there.
V.
be able to
collect a colecta; a colectiona; a incasa marry a se casatori
type a dactilografia; tip; caracter work off a se debarasa de
work on work out a sfarsi
about de jur imprejur; despre famous vestit; renumit
from din; de la; de how cat de; ce; cum
it ea(pentru obiecte/abstractiuni); el married casatorit
pleasant agreabil; placut single unic; celibatar
article articol baby copilas
aunt tanti boss patron; sef; a dirija
businessman om de afaceri businesswoman femeie de afaceri
cashier casier; a concedia collection colecta; colectie
cousin var; verisoara dentist dentist
folk rude; popor; familie grandfather bunic
grangmother bunica grandparent bunic; bunica
nephev nepot news stiri
newspapre ziar occupation profesie; meserie; ocupatie
parent parinte(tata sau mama) relative ruda; privitor la; relativ
salesperson salesman agent comercial; vanzator
uncle unchi; camatar work opera; munca
people a popula; populatie; natiune; popor
man\woman omenire(generic); om; barbat \femeie
secretary secretar/ secretara; ministru uncle
writer a compune muzica; a scrie; scriere
take\took a imprumuta; a lua; a inchiria; a apuca
magazine magazin periodic; revista(lit); magazie de arme(mil)
far demult; departe(in timp); la distanta; in departare; indepartat; departe
business afaceri; ocupatie; tranzactie; indeletnicire
company companie(armata); echipaj de vas; asociatie; societate; companie
driver persoana care mana o turma; supraveghetor; vatman; vizitiu; conductor; sofer

Paul Wright is Julie's grandfather. He's her father's father.

Rita Smith is Julie's grandmother on the mother's side of the family. Jane Wright is Mark's aunt.
Janet is Frank Wright's niece. Rick Smith is single. He's not married.
Julie and George are getting married in June. They marriage will be in the summer.
My aunts, uncles, grandparents, and cousine are all my relatives.

Joseph and Rita are salespeople. They sell houses. Joseph is a salesman and rita is a saleswoman.
Mr. Stoto is a businessman.He has a business. He owns a clothing store. He as a salesperson working for him.
Nyra ia a taxi driver. She's also a businesswoman. She and her husband Hal own a taxi company together.

Be able to
Be able to is used to express ability.It is the same as can.
Present. John is able to speak three languages. Jan can speak three languages.
Future We’ll be able to leave tomorrow. We can leave tomorrow.
Past I wasn’t able to go last night. I couldn’t go last night.

1.Will Roberty be able to go to the party? 2.I dion't think he'll be able to go.
3.Diane isn't able to move the refrigerator. 4. We were able to leave eaely.
5. They weren't able to fix my car. 6. Is grandmather able to take thetrip?
7. Was the secretsry able to fix the typerwriter?
8. Was your nephew able to read that magazine?
9. Jenifer's cousin will be able to drive next month.
10.Were you able to get yesterday's newspaper?

What is cold outside? Yes, it's 35 degrees ( Fahrenheit)

Wat tin\me is it? It's 4:30.
Is it time for lunch? No, it's only 10:00.
Is it raining? Yes, it's raining very hard.
 Is ti going to be hot today? No, it's going to be coolall today.
How fwr is it to Austin from here? It's about 78 miles.

How far is ti to Houston? It's about 230 miles.

How far did Sgt. Miles drive yesterday? He drove 650 miles.
How far is it to San Francisco? I don't know in miles, but it takes four and a half hours by plane.
Haw far in Aunt Julie.s house? It tskes abot thirty minutes to get there.
How far is it to your grandmother's house? It's not far. She lives right outside the city.

How's your family? Fine thank you. And yours?

How's your children? They's all well, thank you.
How's your wife? She's fine, thanks.
How's your uncle feeling? He's better, thanks.
How the new baby? She's fine, thanks. Please come and see her.
My talked to my parents yesterday? How are they?
How,s your son Robert? He's fine. He has a new job.

How's the wether in Dallas? It's very pleasant right now.

How do you like this rainy weather? It's good weather for my vegetables.
Do you think the weather will change? I don't know but I hope it rains soon.
That was a nice shover this afternoon. Very hot this tine of year.
Is it always this hot in Dallas? No, it's only hot in the summer.
What kind of work do you do? I'm a salesman.I sell cars.
How's your work? Not, good. I'm looking for another job.
Do you have a job? No, I'm out of work right now.
What kind of job do you have? I'm taxi driver.
What are you working on? I'm writing an article for the Dallas Times.
What kind of job are you looking for? I think I'd be a good salesman.
What kind of work would you like to do? I'd like to be a nurse.

BOOk 11 LESSON 1
Summary

F. Dr. Hale'soffice.May help you ?I need you to make an appointment for my annual
checkup.
G.Maria has hada temperature since last night.How long was Jhon in the hospitel ?Have you been
studying ?Yes, I've been reviewing Lesson ç.
V.
ache durere/a durea; a tanji come\come in sosit; venit
cough tuse; a tusi run\ran a alerga; a fugi
see\saw a observa; a zari; a vedea sneenze a stranuta; stranutat
annual anual any longer
anymore horizontal orizontal; razant(foc)(mil);
in in; la; din out afara
parallel paralel; paralela(geom); analog perpenticular perpendicular
regular regulat runny
runny-nose guturai since de atunci; de la; de; din
sometime cateodata; uneori still silentios; linistit s
then atunci(pe); apoi; pe urma vertical cel mai inalt; vertical; suprem
appointment intalnire/functie back spate; spinare/a sprijini
backache durere in spate check up a controla; a verifica
chest lada; piept could trec. de la can (a putea)
dot punct erache
emergency urgenta; pericol examination examen; examinare
ever intotdeauna; oricand; vreodata headache durere de cap; dificultate
inch\inches distanta mica; inci; tol; statura(pl) middle mijloc
nurse infirmiera pain suferinta; durere; stradanie
patient perseverent; rabdator physical fizic; trupesc; material
problem chestiune; problema; situatie dificila stomach inclinatie; a rabda; stomac;
stomachache durere de stomac symtom simptom; indiciu
temperature temperatura

catch\caught capcana; a se molipsi; a prinde; prada; captura

get there\got there
How about ?
make\made
run\ran a

1.Ned's chest hurts.2.Sally is running a temperature. 3. Frank's backs hurts.She has a paun in her back.
4.Her stomach hurts. 5. Fred has a backache.6.Sally has a head ache. 7.Joe has an earache.8.Pete has a
stomachache.
A.Dr.Getwell's office.May help you '
Z.Yes, I'd like to make an appointement to see the doctor.
A.What would you like to see him about '
Z.I need to have a complete physical.I'm buyng some insurance, and the insurance company wants to be sure I'm
good shape.
A.When did you have you physical examination, sir '
Z.Well, I had my annual checkup about ten mounts ago. I have an appointment for my regular exam in two
months, but I don't want to wait.The insurance company has a good deal this month.
A.Can you come in Monday at 13:00 '
Z.No, I'm sorry.I can't make in Monday
A.How about Tuesday at 7:45 '
Z.That'll be fine.Thank you.

The present perfect tense

John has a red car now. John had a red car last year. John has had a red car for six month.
Robert is in New York today. Robert was in New York Thursday. Robert has been in New York
since Monday.
 To be =to have convers
They have been here for a month.( They got here a month ago, and they're still here.)
Ed has already had diner.( He just finished esting.)
He has been to Europe(I'm not sure when he went )

Contractions I have I’ve you have you’ve he has he’s

whe has she’s it has it’s we have we’ve
you have you’ve they have they’ve
has + not = hasn’t
have + not = haven’t
A.Have you had that cold long ?Z.No, I haven't. I've had it only about two days.
A.Where has John been all morning?Z.She's been at Martha's house.
A.Has Red had that sports car long? Yes,he's had it for three years.

Questions with How long.The phrase how long is used to introduce question about length of time.
How long did you stay at the party ? How long will they be on vacantion ?
How long is the flight to New York ? How long has Henry owend that car ?
How long will you stay in France ? I'll stay about three months.

The present perfect progressive tense Like the present perfect tense, the present perfect progressive
tense is used to refer to actions or events that began in the past continue into the present.
There difference between the two tense.The present perfect progressive is closer to the present perfect is. The
present perfect progressive stresses than anaction or event is not finished. T to also suggests that it will
continue into the future.
They’ve been talking on the phone for an hour. (They’re talking nowand may talk for another hour.)
Keith has been studying since 4:30. Anna and Bob have been studying since 4:00.
A.Have you been wathing long sir ? Z.Yes, I've been sitting here over an hour.
A.Has Larry been sleeping all afternoon? Z.No, he's been working on his car since 2:00.
A.How have you been getting to work this week ?Z.I've been counting it .I've been thinking about how to
use it.
A.What have you been doing this summer ?Z. I've been going to summer school in the mornig and working
out at the gim in the afternoon.

BOOk 11 LESSON 2
Summary

F. Is it safe to pass a school bus? No, not when children are getting on or off the bus.
G. Did anyone go to the game? No, everyone wached it on TV.Jim got lost on his way to the
airport. I'm the one who rote the lrrtter; he's the person that signed it.
V.
become/became a deveni confuse a confunda; a incurca
follow a urma; a pricepe; a insoti pull over a trage peste cap
signal semnal; semnalizator slow down/up a reduce viteza; a incetini
speed/sped viteza; iuteala yield a renunta la; a produce
ahead in fata; inainte ahead of
anybody cineva/oricine/nimeni cautions precautiune
cautiously lost pierdut; .trecut de la "lose"
lose a pierde; a ratac nervous nervos
nobody nimeni one-way bilet simpla calatorie; sens unic
relaxed destins; relaxat somebody cineva
which care; ce anume; pe care caution precautiune
intersection intersectie; rascruce mind cuget; minte
pedestrian pedestru; pieton railroad cale ferata(amer)
right-of-way right way imediat
sidewalk trotuar(amer) speed limit
speed up a se grabi; a accelera steering indrumeaza; care conduce
steering wheel timona; volan stop sing
turn a intoarce; a invarti way drum; fel
flash sclipire; strafulgerare; a trece ca fulgerul
lane banda de circulatie; culoar(sport); ulita
rossing intersectie(de strazi); traversare
yet in afara de aceasta; inca
instructor instructor; asistent universitar(amer
who acela care; cine; pe cine; care; pe care
that care; aceea; acela; incat; pentru ca; sa; ca
two-way cu doua cai/canale; in ambele sensuri; duple
get/got a dobandi; a primi; a castiga; a obtine
mean jigarit; mediocru; meschin; umil
pass a reusi la examen; trecatoare; a trece

A.I get nervous when I drive. I just can' be relaxed when I'm behind the steering wheel!
Z. Maybe you should take driving lessons from a good instructor.
A.Yes, maybe I should.Z.Slowdown, Miss Jay, or you won't be able to make this turn safely. You must turn
cautiously.
Z.What's a good speed for a turn?
A. Ten miles per hour is usualy best.

Indefinite pronouns
Someone and somebody are used in affirmative statements and questions :
Sameone wants to speak to you on the phone. Somebody forgot to put gas in the car.
Can someone please take this book to the library?
Has somebody been using my pen without asking me?
o one and nobody are used in affirmative statements.
No one wants to leave before the general does.
The weather was awful; nobody got to work on time.
Anyone and anybody are usually used in negative statements and in affirmative and negative
questions. They are sometimes used in affirmative statements.
I didn’t know anyone at the party last night. Can anyone in the office when you got there?
 Doesn’t anyone have a pencil? Anybody have a pencil.
Would.
A.Would anybody like some? Z.Yes, I think two of us would.
A.Did somebody order tea? Z.Yes. I asked for tea.
A.Can you someone a glass fo water? Z. No think you. Nobody needs water right now.
A.Is anyone ready to order dessert? Z. No, one has finished eating yet.
1.Did anyone fail the test? Nobody failed the exam.
2 Can somebody help me? No one went to Jean's party.
3. Nobody wents to workfor Mr. Groudh. Anybody can learn to dtive.
4.I don't think anyone arrived on time today? Will someone be there at 3:00.

Become and get are used as linking verbs to slow a change in stste r condition.
Subject Linking Subject complement
Most captains become majors (noun)
The homework became confusing (adjective)
Got
1.Do you get nervous before a test?
2.The children became tired of sightseeing.
3.Kelvin got lost on his way to Howard's house.
4.Prter become a doctor after ten yars of school.
5.Bob's clothes get dirty when he's woeks do his car.
Adjective clauses An adjective clause is group of the words that describes a noun or pronoun.
Adjective clauses begin with who, which, or that.
Who refers to people. Which refers to things. That refers to both people and things
Adjective clause
Ms Steves is in one who teaches Spanish.
Roper’s is the store which sells tires.
This is the watch that broke last week.
Mr. Dial is the man that fixed it for me.
1.Which apartment do you like? I like the one that ha sthe big kitchen.
2.Did youcall the sergent yesterday? No,I want the person that called him.
3.What kind of car do you want? I want a car wich doesn't use much gas.
4.Did you pass the tes? I'm the only student who pas.
5. Is that the shirt that has chocolate on it? No, it's the shirt which has juice on it.sed it.

BOOk 11 LESSON 3
Summary

F. When I tired to use this, it broke. Would you like to exange it for another one?
No, I'd like a refund, please.
 G. The coffee is still too hot to drink. He diden't go to the BX to buy anything. He went
to cash a check.They drove cautiously on the snowy streets and icy roads.
V.
credit credit; a credita; incredere give\gave back a inapoia
grease unsoare; grasime; a unge oil ulei; untdelemn; petrol
refund a rambursa satisfly a multumi; a indeplini; a satisface
stall grajd; staul tune up a pune la punct; a regla
warm up a inviora atmosfera; a incalzi dissatisfied a nemultumi
greasy unsuros; alunecos leaky
oily onctuos; uleios noisy zgomotos
satisfied satisfacut; satul too prea; foarte; de asemenea
unhappy nefericit; nenorocit engine locomotiva; motor
fly slit; a zbura; musca grease unsoare; grasime; a unge
hose ciorapi; furtun motor motorizat; motor
noise zgomot; zarva part piesa; parte
refund a rambursa sales slip
service munca; functie; serviciu
charge a pune pe socoteala cuiva; cheltuiala; acuzatie; a incarca; povara
bug gandac; obstacol neprevazut; defect tehnic; greseala
give a da; a transmite; a acorda; a plati; a incredinta
exchange bursa; comert; schimb; a schimba
brake a framanta; a frana; frana; maracinis
guarantee a garanta(si fig); chezasie; garantie
leak a pierde apa; scurgere; a se scurge

1.What does Larry do after he drives 3,000 moles?

2. How much oil does his engine need?
3.Why does the oil inside the engine?
4.Why is the oil impertant?
5.What does Larry have to ask a mechanik to do for him?
6.After he's raised the car, what does the mechanic do?

Too + predicate adjective + to-infinitive

One the meaning of too is more than enough. Too followed by an adjective and a to-
infinitive means more than is necessary for a particular purpose.
The test was too long for us to finish.(We couldn’t finish the test because it was longer than
necessary). These shoes don’t fit well. They’re too tight. (These shoes are tighter than they should
be in order to fit well.)
Too + Adjective For + noun\pronoun Infinitive
Candy is too sweet
Coffee is too bitter for me to drink.
Carol was too tired to drive.
It’ll be too early for the children to get up.
1.It's too cold to go outside. The children must play inside.
2.Susie can 't movie that table. It's too heavy.
 3. Randy looks too young to be a doctor.
4.Jack's house isn't too difficult for you to find.
5.St. Louis is too far for you to drive there alone.
6.Is this chair too small to sit in?
A.Bellotors. Fred Waters speaking.
Z.Hello.This is Dave Green.I just had a tune up, but my car still stalls.
A.We'd be glad to check it for you.Can you bring it in tomorrow. We're very busy today.
Z.Okay.I'll see you early tomorrow morning.
A.Speedy Engine Repair.May help you?
Z.This is Mary Clark. One of your mechanics worked on my brakes yesterday but don't
think he really fixed the problem.
A.We'll be glad to take another look at the brake. Can you bring the car in early tomorrow
morning?
Z.yes, I'll be there at 7:00.Thank you very much.

A.May I help you?

Z.This jacket is too small. I want to exchange it.
A. Do you have your sales slip?
Z. Yes, here it is.
A. Good. I'll credit your account, and you can select another jacket.

Infinitive phrase of purpose An infinitive or infinitive phrase placed aftre a verb tells the reason for
witch something is done.
Jim didn’t have any news. He just called to talk. (He only called because he wanted to talk.)
Beth stopped because she wanted to buy some milk. (She stopped because she needed to buy some
milk).
Infinitive phrase of purpose
Ray moved to save a little money
Lt.Lee went to talk to the supervisor.
Don’t use a pen to mark the answer sheet.
Roger called to invite us to his party.

1. We didn't stay to watch all of the show.

2.Did Ken go to the mall o meet his friends?
3. Henery's moving to Areizoana to start a new job.
4.Arnold went to Mexico last summer to study Spanish.
5.Ann called the doctor.s office to make an appointment.
6.Bill always stops to eat breakfast on his way to work.
7.Can I use a credit card to pay fot my airline tickets?
8. Mike didn't come to borrow money; he came to pay a bill.

A.Did you stop at the post office? Yes, I stopped to pick up my mail.
Did you change the oil in your car? No, I paid Tony to change it for me.
Did you use this wrench? Yes, I used it to repair the foucet.
Did Shiela stay at home today? No, she went to the commissary to get some milk.
Did you talk to Ann last night? Yes, I called him to tell him about the game.
Did Ted move to Los Angeles? Yes, he moved to find a brtter job.
Do you go to the library after class? No, I usually go to the gim to work out.

The suffix _Y A suffix is a letter or group of letters added at the end of a word. When the
suffix _Y is added to a noun the noun become an adjecrive which means like full of or characterized by
something. When the noun ends with _e drop the _e bsfore adding _y.
The water was soapy.(The water was full of soapy).
cloud +y = cloudy sun +y = sunny fun +y = funny rain+y = rainy
grease +y = greasy salt +y = salty ice +y = icy snow +y = snowy
leak +y = leaky soap +y = soapy noise +y = noisy
oil +y = oily water +y = watery storm +y = stormy

There's a leak in the kitchen faucet. Can you fix a leaky faucet?
The children had fun at the show. They thought the mopvie was funy.
There was ice on roads yesterday. The roads in the montains were very icy.
They had a lot of rain in Houston last weekend. West Texas doesn't have a loe of rainy weather.
There was too much salt in the beans. Was the soup too salty?
We drove to New York in a bad strom. I don't enjoy driving in stourmy weather.

BOOk 11 LESSON 4
Summary

F. I think this program's boring. What's your opinion of it? I think it's very interesting.
In fact I'm really enjoying it.
G. We could see Bob, but he couldn't see us.Thom told mr that he was too busy to go to
the show with us. Myra's relatives are arriving on Sunday and staying for a week.
V.
entertain a amuza; a distra feel\flet a simti; a percepe; a pipai
frighten a speria; a ingrozi intend to
intend for destinat; intentionat; menit laugh at a lua in ras; a ride de
plan to a elabora; a planifica; plan recommend a recomanda
serve a fi de ajutor/folos; a servi spend a cheltui; a consuma
boring foraj; plicticos; sfredelire busy aglomerat; ocupat
entertraning entertainment reprezentatie; distractie
frequently des; frecvent frightening
funny caraghios; hazliu impolite mojic; nepoliticos
impolitely prompt prompt
promptly loud puternica; tare(cu voce)
loudly reasonable rezonanta; vibratie
reasonably rude rudimentar; grosolan
rudely sharp ascutit; fan; ager
since de atunci; de la; de; din interrible teribil; grozav
terribly wonderful
channel albie; matca; canal commercial comercial
program program variety diversitate; varietate; soi
as a matter of fact
if you ask me
in fact
dish farfurie; fel de mancare; a infunda; vas
cards carte(de joc); a daraci; fisa; invitatie
great mare; maret; mult; important; enorm; minunat; priceput; bun cunoscator
dull a se prosti; searbad; a toci; tocit(cutit); prostanac
love iubire; dragoste; amor; iubit(a); comoara; zero (sport); a iubi; a adora
could trec. si cond. prez. de la can (a putea)

A.Do you go to a lot of movies?

Z.Yes, I go to the movies frequently. As a matter of fact, I spend two or three nights a week
at the movies.
A. You do? That's almost half of the evenings in a week. I coula do that when I was
younger, but I can't anymore. I'm too busy with other things now.
Z.I don't intend to get that busy! What kind of entertainment do you have time for?
A.Well, I like to watch TV on the weekend. I like Channel 343. It has some really
interesting programs.

Could as apast ability

Could = was able to could + not = couldn’t
Can you run a mile in five minutes? I could when I was younger, but I can't now.
Could Hery repair the motor? No, he couldn't. He didn't have the right tools.
How well could you hear the instructor?
I could hear her very well when she spoke loudly.
What could Shara eat while she was sick? She could eat only soup.
Could your wife cook when you married her?
Yes, she could. She was a good cook when we got married.

How did you like movie? It was very dull. In fact, I almost went to sleep.
Did you enjoy the movie? No, it was terribily frightening.
Did you see the movie at the Star? Yes, and my opinion, it,s great.
Did you see any good movie last week? Yes, I saw a very funny movie last Saturday.
How was the movie? The music was good, but the story was boring.
Can you recommend a goog movie? I thought the one at the star was entretaining.

Have you been to the Crossing? Yes, many times. They serve delicious soup.
Can you recommend a good restaurant? Yes, I had a wondreful dinner at Jay's.
How was your dinner ai Aldo's? It was terrible. As a matter of fact, I got sick.
Do you like to est at Harry's? Yes, the food's good, and the prices are reasonable.
Where do you plan to eat tonight? Mike's. I'm opinion, his fish is the best in town.
Do you like to watch football on TV? Yes, but if you ask me, there's too many commercials.
What do yo thinc of the Saturday children's show? I feel some of them are too frightening.
 Indirect speech
Told Indirect object (that) past tense noun clause
Jan told jim that she was out of money.
Jim told her that she had some cash.
I told Jan that I had some cash.
Prepositions of time
The following prepositions indicate time: at, on, in, before, after, from, until, till to, for, and since.
At is used with the time of day, with an age, and with the words night, first, last, beginning, and
end.
at noon, at night, at midnight, at 7:30 a.m.
at the age of twelve
at first, at last
at the beginning, at the end
On is used with days and dates. It can also be used with parts of a certain day and the words time and
schedule.
on Monday, on your birthday
on October 18
on the evening of June 8
on time, on schedule
In is used with quantities of the time and with the words beginning and end.
in ten minutes, in an hour
in a week, in two years
in the beginning, in the end
Before and after are used with time of day, with dates, and with nouns that name events or
occurrences.
before noon, after 5:00 p.m.
before December 31, after April 15
before the game, after dinner
After can also be used with a quantity of time.
after six months, after thirty zears
From is used with to and till/until to indicate periods of time.
from 1985 to 1993
from May 1 until June 15
from 10:00 a.m. till 5:30 p.m.
Until/till can also be used alone with days, dates, and times.
until next Friday, till next week
until 1997, till August 2
until 10:00 p.m., till midnight
For is used with periods of time.
for half an hour, for three weeks, for one year
Since is used with definite times.
since Sunday, since 6:00 this morning, since 1988
What do you plan to do after dinner?
Col Henderson will be here till Thursday.
Jim was in the Air Force for twenty years.
Meet me at 6:08 in front of Larry'soffice.
Lt Cooper will be the money before 5:00 p.m.
Dr. Blake has been at the hospital since midnight.
Where does Sgt. Jackson go on Tuesdays and Thursdays.
Mr.Adam's English class doesn't start until 8:40 a.m.
Maj.Brooks works out from 4:00 to 5:00 three days a week.

BOOk 12 LESSON 1
Summary

F. The weather's awful. If you're leaving, you should leave soon. Well, I expect to leave at
noon if it clears up.
G. If we go to the beach, we'll have we'll have a good time. Tom might come with us if he doesn't
have to study. How long has your car's engine soundes this way? I've heard that noise for a
week or two, I guees.

V.
be over be left a fi lasat; a fi parasit
belong a apartine clear up a pune in ordine; a clarifica
expect a se astepta la; a presupune last cel din urma; trecut(timp); ultim(ul)
remain a ramane; a sta; a continua stay ramane; a domicilia; a sta
clear clar; a clarifica; a evacua; limpede dangerous periculos
deep adancime; adancuri; intunecat(culori) during in decursul; in timpul
ever intotdeauna; oricand; vreodata except a excepta; a omite
freezing degerare; congelare frighten a speria; a ingrozi
no longer nu mai none nici unul; nimen
occasionally uneori quiet tacut
slippery lunecos; nestabil; siret unpleasant dezagreabil; neplacut
beach litoral; plaja breeze zvon; adiere
climate climat; clima humidity umezeala; umiditate
sea mare thought cugetare; gand
heat arsita; caldura; a infierbanta; a inflama
engine locomotiva; motor

wind a suna din corn; a se rasuci; vant; a coti; curent; suflu

slip a glisa; a scapa; a se strecura; a aluneca
if daca; in cazul cand; conditie; prevedere
like a-i fi drag; a-i placea; asemanator; preferinte; gusturi(pl); similar; a dori
calm a se calma; calm; liniste; a se linisti; linistit
blow\blew\blown a sufla; nenorocire; a bate; lovitura
guees a banui; a ghici; ghicire; ipoteza; presupunere; a-si imagina
 1.climate The wather of a place is its climate. Puerto Rico has a very nice climate.
2.heat We recive heat from the sun. The heat from the fire will near the ocean.
3.humidity Water in the air is called humidity.It,s often very humid in Hoston.
4.sea A sea is full of salty water.The Mediterranean Sea is between Europe and Africa.
5. beach A beach is the land next to a sea or an ocean.Children esjoy playng at the beach.
6. humid When there's a lot of water in air , we say it's humid.It's often very humid in Hoston.
7.blow\blew\blown Usually a breeze blows softly in the evening.The wind blew very hard
yesterday.Oh no ! The wind has blown my papers off my desk.
8.expect My sister said would call me today.I'm expecting her call.It's 11:o'clock.I expect the
bus to come soon.
9.during. It was still freezing during April.We use to go swimming every day during the summer.

Conditional sentence.

If Clause Main Clause

If the weather’s good we drive to the beach.
we’re driving
we’ll drive
we’re going to drive
Main Clause If Clause

Tom can\could come if he doesn’t have to study.

may\might
should
must\has to
is able to
Main Clause If Clause
Can \could you read my paper if you have time?
Will\would you
Are you going to
If Clause Main clause
If you finish early how will you tell me?
what will you do ?
where are you going?
Conditional sentences have two parts: the if cause and the main clause .One type of
conditional sentence is used to show what may\will happen in the present\future if a certain
condition happens. When the if claue has the present tense, the main clause uses the present or
future tense. Note that the if clause may come before or after the main clause.

A.Let's go to thre batch Saturday if the wather's good.

Z.If it's raining Saturday, we can go Sunday.
A.I waon't be able to go if have to work Sunday.
Z.If we don't go this weekendwe can alwais go later.
A.If we wait, we may not have good weather.
Z.You're right. We should go Saturday if we can.

If you speed, you will get a ticket

Mike must go if he has a reservation.
If thre telephone rings, can you answer it?

Tom doesn't want to go. Let's ask Mark. If Tom doesn'r want to go, let's ask Mark.
We can go in one car. Ann's car has enough seats.
We can go in one car if Ann's car has enough seats.
Can they buy the fruit if they buy meat?
If they buy fruit, can they buy meat, too.

A.The wather is awful.If you're leavind, you should leave soon.

Z.Well, I expect to leave at noon if it cleans up.
A.If it starts freezing, it'll be dangerous.
Z.Right, but the police will close the roads if it gets too bad.
A.What's you do if thst happens?
Z. Well, if they to that, I'll stop until it clears up.

A.If you go on vacantion this year, where do you think you'll go?
Z.If go in the summer, I'll go in the beach.
A.Where will you go if you go in the winter?
Z.Well, if that happens, then I'll go to montains.
A.If you that, I'd like to go with you.
Z.It'll be great of we can go together.
1.If my friend doesn't like it, can bring it back?
Can I bringit back if my friend doesn'tlike i?
If you keep your sales slip, you can bring this back?
You can bring this back if you keepyour sales slip.
There's a hundert dollar deposit if you have a dog.
If you have a dog, there's a 100 $ deposit.
What will happen if I don't do well on tis test?
If I don’t do well on this test, what will happen?

What might happen if…?

Whatwill happen if…?
What can happen if…?
What might happen if you lose your airplane ticket for home?
If I lose airplane ticket for home, I might call my government to send another one.

Present perfect

I (We; You;They) have studied all afternoon. He (She) has studied all afternoon.
Haven’t hasn’t
Have I (We;You;They) studied all afternoon ? Has he (she) studied all afternoon?
 The present perfect tense is formated with have + the past participe of the verb. With regular verb, the
past participe is formed by adding _ed to verb. With irregular verbs, the past participe changes its
form. For example of the past participes of irregular verbs, look at Appendix C in the back of your
book.

A.How long has your car's engine sounded thie way year?
Z.I've heard that noise for a week or two, I guees.
A.How long has it been since semeone put oil in it?
Z.I don't think anyone has done it for several months.
A. This skirt has gotten tighter evey week!
Z.Have you've washed it often since you bought it?
A.No, I haven't. I've dry-cleaned it since it was new.
Z.Well, maybe you've eaten too uch since then.

Comparision of past tense and present perfect tense

We use past tense to describe situations that happened at a definite time in the past. We use present
perfect tense to describe situations that have happened at an indefinite time (or times) in the past and
have continued to the persent.

Phil lived in Chicago for two years. He does't leve there now.
Phil has lived in Huoston for two years. He still lives there.
Phil has lived in Huoston since 1994. He still lives there.

A.Have you been here l for a long time?

No, he hasn't. He's only lived there for a year.

BOOK 12 LESSON 2
Summary

F. Are you going to college? Yes, I want a degree in business.

Have you decided to take that job in New York?
No, I've dicided to stay here and go to the university.
G. Mr.Flowers no longer works here. He retired two weeks ago. Pam doesn't live here anymore. She
moved to Arizona.Grandma still bakes in apple pie every Saturday morning. Jeff already took the
job. Has Jim's plane arrived yet?
Have you seen the new teacher? No, I haven't seen her yet.
V.
accept a accepta; a primi discuss a dezbate; a discuta
offer a oferi; a acorda; a da refuse a refuza
retire a pleca; a se retrage talk over a discuta in amanunt
think\toought a gandi; a medita turn down a intoarce; a refuza
already deja; si confused confuz
confusion confuzie; incurcatura instead in schimb; (of) in loc de
instead of it in loc de asta; in schimb just just; corect
medical medical professional profesionist; profesional
technical detaliu tehnic; tehnic yet in afara de aceasta; inca
associate degree bachelor's
degree grad; rang; treapta career cariera; dezvoltare;
choice alegere; ales; select; alter college colegiu; liceu; universitate
course curs al evenimentelor; decision fermitate; hotarare
diploma diploma discusion examinare; dezbatere;
education invatamant; educatie educator educator; invatator
elementary elementar school scoala; instructie
field teren; camp; lan future viitor; urmator
high school scoala secundara; liceu master's degree
master maestru; stapan middle school
profession professional
refusal refuz universitary
take\took\taken a imprumuta; a lua; a inchiria; a apuca
grade grad; rang; rampa; clasa; calificativ; panta; a grada
so asa de; atat; atat de mult; in felul acesta
thought cugetare; gand thought over
change one's mind
make\made\made\up one's mind
tour of duty\tour

Alredy\still\yet\anymore\any longer\no longer

We use alredy to say something happened before now or before this time. It used in questions and
afirmative statements.
Ed already has sa high school diploma.Mr.Smith is alredy here. Are they alredy in elementary
schoo?
We use still doesn’t tosay that a situation is continuing. It usually goes in the middle of the sentence with the
verb.It is used in questions and in affirmative and negative.
Ed still doesn’t have a college degree. It was warm yesterday, and it’s still warm today. Are
you still waiting?
We use yet to ask or talk about something that did not happen before now, but might in the future. It goes at
the end of the sentence. It is used in questions and negative statements.
I’m very hungry. Is dinner really yet? Can you wait ten minutes? John isn’t here yet.
We use anymore, any longer, and no longer to say thatn a past situation does not exist.
Any more and any longer are used in question and negative statements. They go at the end of the sentence.
Is she in high school anymore\any longer? Sheisen’t in the army anymore\any longer.
No longer is used in affirmative statements. It goes in the middle of the sentence with thwe verb.
He is no longer a student. She no longer works at night.

Ed graduated from high scool in May. He isn't a student any longer. He doesn't study anymore.He no
longer has to do bhomework or take tests.
Ed doesn't have a job yet. He began looking for a job in June, but she still hasn't one that he wants.He's
worried, because some of hus friends already have jobs.

Present perfect. Indefinite past

A.Have you ever been to France? Z.No, I never have. Have you?
A.Don't hang up! I haven't talked to tom yet. Z.Toolate. He's already hung up.
A.Has Tony choosen a universitu yet? Z. No, she hasn't decided anything about his futuere.
A.How muchmoney have you spent today? Z.Not much. I've only bought a magazine.
A.Have you lent Aldo any money today? Z.Yes, I have. He's already borrowed $5.00 from me.

A.How many letters have you gotten this week? Z.I've gotten only one letter this week.
A.How many letters have you written today? Z. I havent written any letters today.

SO We use the conjunction so to express the result of a situation.

Situation Result
Because I don’t have any cash so I’ll write a check.

Can you wait until Monday, or do you need an appointment today?

I really feel awful, so I need an appoitment right away.
I donn't have any cash, so I'll have to write a check.
You can write a check, or you can change your meal if you want to.
Does Rex have to stay outside or can ha come in the house.
He's wet and dirty, so please keep him outside.
Weuse the conjunction or to express a choice.

OR We use the conjunction or to express a choice.

We can chage the gas. We can pay cash for it.

We can charge the gas or we can pay cash for it.

We can go now, or we can leave later.

What did you decide? Whar are you going to do?
What have you decided to do? Have you made up your mind?
Have you made a decision? Have you changed your mind?
Where have you decided to go? Which offer are you goindg to accept?
Did you decide to do it? When are you going to doit?
Why did you make that choice?

I've decided to take the job. I finally made up my mind.

I'm going to refuse the offer. I've cganged my mind.
I'm not going to the buy car. I've made a deision.
I'm going to finish my education. I've made up my mind.
I'm going to go to the university. I've made a choice between courses.
I'm going to take German instead of French. I've tought it over carefully.
I'm not going to take German. I'm going to take French instead.
I've made a decision. I'm going to turn down the offer.

A.Have you made a decision about a vacantion.Z.Yes, I've decided to take two weeks.
A.Where did you decide to go? Z.We're thinking of going to Florida.go to
 BOOK 12 LESSON 3
Summary

F. It could be the mailman. His truk is accros the street. Someone's at the door.

G. The questions coula be too difficult for Simon.Was Tim's soccer game exciting?
Sgt Jones is excited about his leave. Carlo said that the plane left New Orleans at 0600.
V.
add on
boil a fierbe; fierbere burn a arde; arsura; a cauteriza
enlarge a extinde; a mari leave a lasa; a parasi
play a se juca; piesa de teatru; joc slove
take place a avea loc interesed foloase; interese(pl); profit
near aproape perhaps poate; probabil
then atunci(pe); apoi; pe urma tiring montarea pneurilor
addition adaos; adunare builder constructor
cassette den barlog; vizuina
dining room sufragerie fireplace
idea gand; idee; notiune meeting intalnire; adunare
microwave cuptor cu microunde patio
plan a elabora; a planifica; plan record a inregistra; record; disc
shed sopron; sura solution rezolvare; solutie; dizolvare
stereo aparat stereofonic; stereofonic story naratiune; povestire
suburb tinut marginas; suburbie; periferic trouble a se ingrijora; neplacere; necaz
wood padure; codru build\built\built a cladi; a construi

get-together a ajunge la o intelegere; a se aduna

fire a da foc; a descarca(o arma); a aprinde; foc
take\took\taken a imprumuta; a lua; a inchiria; a apuca
get\got\gotten together a dobandi; a primi; a castiga; a obtine
could trec. si cond. prez. de la can (a putea)
heat arsita; caldura; a infierbanta; a inflama

1. tiring It was a long and tiring day.

2.trouble Yesterday, your car diden't start. What's the trouble with it today?
3.take Where did the accident take place? I took place on the highway. Many accidents
have take place this week
4.solve\solution He solved the problem. He found the solution.
5.get toghetre Let's get togheter for lunch tomorrow.
We had get-togheter to meet the new people.
6.meeting the new workers had a meeting todiscuss the rules.
7.build\built\built It's easy to build awall. They a room in one week. They have built many
houses.

Could is used to express posibility.

The keys could \might\may be in the kitchen.

1.James could be in the backyard.I'm not sure.
2.Where could Sam be? He's 30 minutes late.
3.He could be at the gim. He likes to exercise in the afternoon.
4. Could this be Mike's sweater? He has a red one.
5.It could be Tom's sweater. It's got the letter T on it.
6.It's very cloudy this morning. It could rain today.
7.My father said we could win a lot of money if they pick our number.

The _ing and _ed adjectives. The _ing adjectives the person\thing causing the feeling.
The _ed adjective describes the person experiencing\having the feeling.
Kevin isn't interested in playing tennis. He likes to play soccer. My math class is very interesting.I
like to study numbers.
This book I brrowed from Jack is very boring. I can't keep my esey open when I read it.Tom said that
he was bored during the afternoon meeting. It lasted two hours.
Work today was very tiring. I diden't have time for lunch. Col Henderson went home early because
he was very tired.
The strong winds werw fringhtening to everyone. Were the children frightened by the strom?

I'm not sure. It could be….

A.Where did Al leave the newspaper? Z.I'm not sure. It may bé on the patio.
A.Where's Mary? I haven't seen her since linch.Z.It could be Jean's. She likes loud music.
A.Could Dave be at the movie? Z.No, but he could be at the game. He was planing to go.
Z.What's the matter with your car? There's grease under it .Z.I don't know. It might be the engine.

Indirect speech
Direct speech Indirect speech
(present tense) (past tense)
Tom: I know the answer. What did Tom say ?
Tom said (that) he know the answer.
A noun clause is used to report what someone has said. This is called indirect speech or reported speech.The
following changes are made:
1.The present tense verb in dirtect speech change to the pest tense in direct speech.
2.The pronouns are changed in direct speech.
3.The conjunction that is used to introduce the clause. It is somethime omitted.
A. Hey, Donld, do you want to come to the mall with Mihael and me ?
Z. I sure do.
C.Hugh, did Donald say that he wanted to come with us?
A.Yes, he did.

A.Sgt Owens, you sem very excited today. Why?

Z.I start my vacantion today at 1200 hourI have two weeks to relax.
C.Lt Adam, why is Sgt Owens so happy today?
A.Oh, he said that he started his vacantion today and that he had to weeks to relax.

BOOK 12 LESSON 4
Summary

F. What did you use to do for fun? I used to go finishing every Saturday.I'd go to the movie every
weekend.
G. My dad and I used to hunt here. Now I work here. What would
Ken do for his teacher's class? He would study very hard for her class.
My friends arrived sooner than I expected. Al left the ball farther than his sister does.Harry has
told us that story before.
V.

fish carne de peste; a pescui; peste kill a asasina; a omora; a ucide

practice practica; profesare; obicei prepare a se pregati; a prepara
shoot\shot\shot a face un film; a impusca used to a obisnui sa; deprins sa
all over bang a izbi; lovitura; pocnitura;
hard teapan; tare; solid further mai departe; in plus
high inalt; ridicat; superior indoors de camera; de interior
low scund; muget; a mugi; jos; josnic more mai mult
once o data(singura) outdoors afara din casa
own a poseda; propriu several cativa; diferiti; mai multi/multe
slow agale; mocait; incet whole tot; intreg; total; complet
country regiune; tara deer\deer caprioara; cerb
outdoors afara din casa pistol a trage cu pistolul; pistol
plenty abundenta; belsug rifle pusca
shot vargat; distrus walk a umbla; a hoinari
weapon arma in the open
out-of-doors
ferther mai departat(in)(spatial); mai departe(spatial)
duck rata; cufundare; porumbita; puisor; plonjon
instructions indicatii; instructie; dispozitii; invatamant
line a captusi; a insirui; a linia; linie; sir; undita
catch\caught\caught capcana; a se molipsi; a prinde; prada; captura
go a merge; a se duce; a deveni; energie; entuziasm; miscare; incercare; moda
hunt ceata de vanatori; a cutreiera; haitui; teren de vanatoare; a vana; vanatoare
gun a accelera(argou); a impusca; pistol; pusca; zgomot de motor arma de foc; salva; tun; a vana
would ai; ati; ar; as; voi; vei; va; vom; veti; (exprima dorinta)
Pistols and rifles are guns. Guns and knives are weapons.
Some people like to go hunting. They use gons to hunt.
Dan likes to hunt ducks. He's just shot duck and killed it.

1.Indoors\outdoors The party was outdoors, but we went indoors when the rain started.
2.farther\further My house is far; I live 20 miles from hetre. His house is farther; he lives 35 miles from
here. I've gone further in my education than my brother has. I'm in college while he's only in high school.
3.whole Do you want a whole box of pencils or just a few?
4 plenty Mr.Rockfeller has plenty of money.
5 catch\caught I want to go to the lake to catchsome fish.
I caught some fish there last week.
My friends have caught many fish there, too.

Used to We used to to say something happened regularlyor existed in the past but no longer happens
or exists now.
I used to be a student at that college. Now I’m an instructor there.

1. My father used to smoke, but he stopped last year.

2.Did Lt Evans use to play football for the Air Force? No, he used to play for the Army.
3.Where did Oscar use to live? Oscar used to live in Mexico City; now he lives in Miami, Florida.
4.Captain Simms used to be late for class every day. His instructor used to get angry with him.

Would We use would when we talk about things that often happened in the past.
When my sister and I were young, my family would go to the post the mountains. If the
weather was good, we would get up early and go swimming in the cold river.

When I was a child, and I was sick, I would ask my mother to let me stay in her bed.I would eat a lot of
soup. Some times, I would go to the doctor.I would watch TV.
1 .I would\ I'd\ I used to go hunting every fall
go to the muvie every weekend
hppend my vacantion in the montains.
play soccer every evening.
go fishing every Saturday.
go fishing at the lake near my home.
used to is also possible in these sentences.

Comparative of adverbs
Use _er for the comparative from of early and adverbs that don’t end in _ly. John can run faster than his
brother.
1.early earlier than

BOOk 13 LESSON 1
Summary
F. Did you do well on the test? No, I didn'tunderstandn the questions.
Are you going to the beach tomorro? I suppose so, butI'm not really sure yet.
G. Do you think it's going to rain today? I think so. It very cloudy outside.
Chrissy is sure (that) she'll win the tennis match. Roger ran the fastest of all the boys in the
class.
V.
believe a crede imagine a concepe; a deduce; a presupune
join alatura; a se uni lose\lost\lost a pierde; a rataci
math matematic race alergari; cursa
score douazeci; raboj; crestatura suppose a banui; a-si inchipui; a presupune
tie up a restrange
win\won\won a izbandi; succes; victorie; a castiga certain anumit; oarecare; sigur
certainly anumit; oarecare; sigur furthest cel mai tarziu
positive sigur; categoric quite cu desavarsire; total
so asa de; atat; atat de mult; in felul acesta surely cu precizie; negresit; sigur
uncertain incert; nehotarat; nesigur for sure
for spre; pentru; in favoarea field teren; camp; lan
goal gol; scop knot a innoda; a lega; bucla; nod
player jucator; actor practice practica; profesare; obicei
shoelaces shoe pantof; potcoava
stadium stadie; stadion string sfoara; coarda; snur
tie cravata; a lega
kick a da din picioare; a fi naravas; a protesta
doubt a avea indoieli; nesiguranta; a se indoi; indoiala
coach antrenor; a indruma; a medita(pe); vagon de persoane; diligenta
towar ascultator; supus; docil; apt; capabil; catre
farthest cel mai departe(spatial); cel mai indepartat(spatial)
team brigada; echipa; a injuga; a inhama; stol de rate salbatice
beat\beat\beaten bataie; a infrange; a bate; lovitura

1.We can use a match to start a fire.

2.This is a tennis match. Tennis matches are interesing to watch.
3.The shirt and tie od the left match; they go together. The shirt and tie on the right don't.
4.Help me tie this string around the package.I went to make a tight knot.
5.They tied the score 14 to 14.When there's a tie no one wuns or loses.
6.The rain beats hard on the young flowers in the fields.
7. The Suns the Kings 10 to 2.They have beaten the Kings every years.

SO WE use So after some verbs as s substitute for a that-noun clause. The most common verbs followed by
so are think, believe, guess, hope, imagine, and suppose.
Will Jack come to the party? I think so. (I think that Jack will come.)
Has Bill finished his work? I hope so. (I think that Bill finished his work.)
The negative depends on the verb:
 I think so………….. I don’t think so. I believe so……….. I don’tbelieve so.
I imagine so………. I don’t imagine so. I suppose so……….I don’t suppose so.
I guess so………… I guess not. I hope so………….. I hope not.
A.Will Chris that will win the tennis match.
Z.I think that Cris will win the tennis match. I think so.
A.Do you think that Doris will lose the next match?
Z.I hope Doris won't lose the next match. I hope not.

A.Do you have baseball practice this weekend? Z.I guess so.
A.Do you think that it will last long? Z.O hpoe npt.I have a lot of homework.
A.Mee too. Maybe I won't go. Are you going? Z.I suppose so.I missed the last practice.
A.Can he take me off the team if I miss a practice ?
Z.I imagine so. He's the coach and we're only a plaiers.

Certain, sure, positive. We use a that-clause sfter the adjectives certain, sure, positive to express an
opinion about someone or something.
I’m certain that I can go this weekend. He’s sure that he’ll pass the test.
We’re positive that we’llhave enough mony for the car.
The conjunction That is many times omitted in conversation.
1.I'm sure that the Yankees will win the game. 2.I know it's going to be a good match.
3.Do you think that the Giants will beat the Yankees 4. Who you believe won the race?
5.Are you certain it was a time tie game?
6.I'm noy quite sure, but I think thr Giants beat them. 7.I'm almost positive that the Yankees lost.

_er and _est forms of adverbs. The_er and _est formsare used with one-syllabe adverbs.
early earlyre (than) the earliest far farther(than) the farthest
further (than) the furthest
fast fasther (than) the fastest hard harder (than) the hardest
hig higher (than) the highest late later (than) the latest
low lower (than) the lowest near nearer (than) the nearest
slow slower (than) the slowest soon sooner (than) the soonest
straight straighter(than) the straightest

1.Tomswam the fastest. 2.Sam swam the farthest. 3.Jim swam the slowest.
4.Jim tried the hardest. 5.Sam go to other side of the lake the soonest.

BOOk 13 LESSON 2
Summary

F. Could I leave eaely today? Yes, I can.

Can I borrow your car Friday night? No, you can't .I need it.

G. Could I take some leave next wek? Yes, I can.

 Can you go to Sara's house after school? Yes, you can.
May I leave a little early today? No, you can't.
Your shoes might be under the bed. I could be real gold.
Jane may go to college next year. Jimmy can run ten miles. He isn't able to move that heavy
table. Nancy couldn't read all of that book in one night.
a gold watch a coffee cup the car keys

V.
allowa tine seama de; a admite; a permite appreciate a aprecia; a multumi; a pretui
be made of could trec. si cond. prez. de la can (a putea) do\did\
a face; a infaptui; a savarsi done over
ower peste do over a zugravi din nou
pay salariu; plata \\paid\paid back
wake\woke\woken up away departe
found of find a gasi; a descoperi; descoperire
into in; inspre; spre man-made
natural natural past scurs; dus; trecut
ashtray scrumiera chain catuse; a incatusa; lant
copper cupru; moneda de arama; politist cotton bumbac
diamond diamant earring cercel de pus in ureche
iron fier; fier de calcat; obiect de fier jewelry
jewel bijuterie; nestemata leave a lasa; a parasi
material material matal metal
necklace colan; colier nylon nailon
plastic plastic polyester
ring arena; inel; a suna rock roca; stanca
rubber guma de sters; cauciuc silk matase; matasuri
silver argint wool lana

stone piatra; prundis; nestemata; lespede

leather a face sa spumege; clabuc; a sapuni; spuma
glass pahar; vase de sticla; sticlarie(fam); sticla
man about town baiat de bani gata; om-de-lume
put\put\put on a pune in scena; a imbraca; a pune
throw\threw\thrown away azvarli; a arunca
throw\threw\thrown out a scoate afara; a arunca

Could as permission. Could is a frequently used to request permission.

Could I borrow your book, please? May I ask you a question? Can I leave early today?
Can or can’t are usually used as responses to a request for permission with could.
Could I borrow your book., please ? Yes, of course you can.
Could I leave early today? I’m sorry. You can’t. We are a meeting ai 15 00.

A.Excuse me, sir. Could I talk to you about my job?

Z.Yes, you can, but not right now. Come back about 1500 hours.
A.Grandfhather, could I borrow thre car next Friday night?
Z.Sure youcan, as long as you're home by 10:00.
A. Mr.Jackson, could I borrow your musik book tonight?
Z.You can't borrow it tonight. I need it. You can borrow it tomoerrow night.
A.Sir, could I leave class early today? I have a doctor's appointment.
Z.Yes, you can.

Review of modals

May, might, and could are used to express possibility.

Where’s John? He may be in his office. He might eating lunch. He could be at home.
Can and is\am\are able to are used to express ability in the present or future.
Could and was\were able to are used for the past. Sehe can speak three languages.
They are able to speak French and Spanish. I couldn’t swim when I was young.
My grandfather was able to speak Russian. May, can and could are used to request permission.
May I come in? Can I swim here? Could I use your phone?

Could and May

A.Mom, may I go mto the mall with Janie this afternoon?

Z.you've been very good thios week, so yes, you can go.
A.Dad, can you barrow car next Friday night?
Z.No, you can't. I need it next Friday night.
A.Sir, could I have leave one day next week?
Z.You can jhave any day except Monday.
A.Mr.White, could I call you at home if I have any problems with lesson?
Z. Sure, you can, but don't call after 10:00

1. A. Could I drink my coffee in the classroom?

Z.I'm sorry. I don't allow eating or drinking in the classroom.

2. A.Can I borrow your leather jacket tonight?

Z.Of course.I'll get it for you.
A.Thanks.I'll return it tomorroow.

3. A.May I leave early?

Z.All right, just be sure to tell your instructor.
A.Thanh, you sir.

4. A.May I have a few more minutes on the test?

Z.No, I'm afraid not. The time's up.
A Okay.

5. A. Do you mind if I smoke a cigarette?

Z.No, it's okay.
 A.Thank you.

6. A.Would it be okay ti leave my books here?

Z. Certainly, no problem.
Athanks, I apereciate it.

7. A. Could I use your pen for a minute?

Z.Sure, I'm not using it right nou.
A. Thanks.

8. May I take leave next week?

Z. I'm afraid Sgt.Billings has leaves them. How about the week after.
A.Okay.That sounds good.

9. A.Is it okay if we take pictures during the program?

Z.I wish we could, but they don't allow it during the show.
A. Oh, that,s too bad. I'd really like to take some.

Noun adjuncts Adjectives usually modify or describlenous.

a nice day a cold winter
Nouns can also modify nouns. They are called noun adjects. A store that sells shoes is a shoe store.
When a noun modifies another noun, the first noun is stressed: a can opener, a wedding ring, some paint
brushes

1.I payd my telephoe bill. 2.Is this desk lamp broken?

3.Which radio station do you listen to? 4.Don't forget to fasten your seat belt?
5.Ralph can't find his math book. 6.Does that vending machine have potato chips?
7.Have you been to the new shoe store?

BOOk 13 LESSON 3
Summary

F. A.May help you, sir?

Z.Yes, I need some pants, but I don't know my size.
A.Let's meassure your waist, and check the length then we'll know your size.
G. Jim is goiung to hang up his clothes. Jim is going to hang his clothes up. Jim is going to hang
them up.
What did Captain Rogers tell you? He told me that he could see me at 14:40.
Jack Smith drives a bus. He's a bus driver.
V.

measure masura reduce a reduce

sew a coase; a drena try on a incerca; a proba
try out a verifica; a incerca for sale
on sale free independent; neconstrans; liber
irregular in dezordine; neregulat medium mediu
much mult off incolo; liber(timp); departe
percent procent sales vanzare
amount cantitate; a insemna; suma; a se ridica cloth fata de masa; material; stofa
dressing room cabina(pentru actori) fabric tesatura; stofa; material
hip inclinare a acoperisului; sold inch\inches distanta mica; inci; tol;
item paragraf; articol; punct jeans blugi; ginsi
length lungime; durata measurement masurare; masura
pair pereche percentage procentaj
receipt recipient size marime; masura
tax a impozita; taxa; impozit waist corsaj; talie
amount to cantitate; a insemna; suma; a se ridica
deal impartitul cartilor(de joc); afacere; a distribui
lees comparativ de la little; mai mic; mai putin important; inferior; minor
bargain a negocia; targ; a se tocmi; afacere
deacrease a descreste; descrestere; diminuare; a diminua; micsorare
dicount scont; rabat; reducere; a diminua; a reduce
fit\fit\fit a se potrivi(la ceva); atac; acces; corespunzator
increase mãri; spor; adãugire; sporire; creºtere; a spori; a creºte
foot\feet unitate de masura(picior); picior; laba piciorului

Phrasal verbs The term phrasalverb refers to a verb and a adverb that are together. This verb and adverb a
special meaning.
He put on his hat. She wrote down the telephone number. They threw away the old
newspapers.
Many times a phrasal verb will have an object. There are two possibilite positions for the object. If the object
is a noun, it can come before the adverb or after it.
He turned on the radio. He turned the radio on.
She’ll look up the word in the dictionary. She’ll look the word up in the dictionary.
If the object of a phrasal verb is a pronoun (me, you, him, her,etc.) the pronoun must be beetween the verb
and the adverb.
I like the hat. Try it on. I’ll give you the mony, but you must pay it bak. She’s sleeping. Don’t
wake her up. Phrasal verbs are very common in conversation.

1.She went the office to fill out thre form. She went to fill the form out. She went to fill it out.
2. Jim's going to fill up the car with gasoline. Jim's going to fill the car up with gasoline.
Jim's going to fill up.

3.I'm not going to get back my money. I'm not going to get my money back. I'm not going to get it back
4. Fred's going to turn down the job. Fred's going to turn the job down. Fred's going to turn it down .
5.Did you look up the wordsDid you look the words up. Did you look it up.

A. May I help you?

Z.Yes, thank you. I'm looking for a pair of jeans.

A.What size do you need, sir?

Z.I'm not sure, but I think I need a 27-33.
A.Can I help you, sir.
Z.Yes, I'd like to buy a long-sleeved cotton shirt.

A.Would you help me, please?

Z.Yes, sir. What can I do for you?

A.Excuse me.how much does this blouse cost?

Z.It's a grat bargain. It's on sale for $5.00.

Modals in reported speech. When a modal is used in direct sprech, it is frequently changed in reported
spreech.
DIRECT SPREECH REPORTED SPREECH
(present tense) (past tense)
may might
might might
can could
could could
am\is\are able to was\were able to
A..Mom, are you going to Aunt Julie's house for dinner?
Z.Well, we might.
A.Hey, Sandy, what did Mom say ?
Z.Mom said that we might go to Aunt Julie's for dinner.
A.Sir, are we going to fly today?
Z.It's couldy, but we may still fly.
A.What did the Captain tell you?
Z.He told me that we might still fly.
A.Grandma, can you have some cookies?
Z.Of course, you can have some.
A.What did the Major tellyou?
Z.He told me I could speak to him ai 12:57 today.
A. Are all the men able toswim?
Z.Yes, they are able to swim well.
A.What did Lt. Rossi say to you?
Z.She said that all the men were able to swim well.

A.Dad, can you go to John's house?

Z.No, not now.
A.Sir, could you I speak to you for a moment?
Z.Yes, can I talk to you about an hour.
A.That table is very heavy. Are you sure you can move it?
Z.Yes, I can move it easily.
A.Are you able to work out every day?
Z.No, I'm not.

A.May I use your phone to make a long distance call?

Z.Sure you can if you can pay forit.
A.Airman Winters , why do you have your raicoat?
Z.It's really cloudy, sir.It may rain.
Suffix er and or. The suffix _er and _or can be added tosome verbs to make nouns to express the meaning
of one who.
The teachers students to red. He’s a teacher.She collects stamps. She’s a stsmps collector.
Collector, visitor, educator, and instructor are spelled with _or.

Mr.Steinbeck writes short stories. He's a writer.

The people who work for that company build houses. They're builders.
Capt Sims instruct pilots at the base. He's an instructor.
Ms.Kim works in a factory. She's a factory worker.
Fernando plays baseball.
He's a baseball player.

BOOk 13 LESSON 4
Summary

F. A.What's the deepest ocean in the world?

Z. The PacificOcean.
A.Do you know deep is it?
Z.The average deep is about 13,200 feet.

G. How cold is it here? How heavy is that chair?

If you eat a lot of candy, you again weight. If I drive the children to school, my neighbor picks them
up. If you don'twant to again weight, exercise more. Don't drive fast if youn don't want a ticket.
Sara needs some paper. Do you need any? Yes, I need some.No, I don.t need any.
How many pencils do you have? I have a few.
V.
bdet a tine regim; dieta; regim gain castig; a castiga; a obtine
jump saritura; salt measure masura
weight pondere; povara; greutate a few putine; putini
a little mic/ marunt(diminutiv); mic; infim a lot
lot soarta; a sorti; tragere la sorti; destin; noroc
by alaturi; aproape de; cu; prin; de; langa
fat rotofei; unsuros; gras; lubrifiant
many multe; multi much mult
think a gandi; a medita thin uscativ; slab
age varsta centimeter
depth profunzime; adancime height inaltime; statura
kilometer length lungime; durata
meter mile mila
millimeter scale balanta; scala; scara; dimensiune
strength rezistenta; tarie; putere weight stavilar; zagaz
width latime; largime yard curte; iard( cm)
distance departare; distanta; a se indeparta
foot\feet unitate de masura(picior); picior; laba piciorulu

How + adjective The question word How has many uses.It is often used with adjectives to ask
questions.
How long asks about length. How high asks about height. How tall asks about length.
How far asks about distance. How wide asks about width. How deep asks about depth.
How old asks about age. How heavy asks about weight. How hot\cold asks about temperature.

1.A book with one thousand page is very think.

2.Thick oil pours very slowly.
3.This is a thin book; it only has 50 pages.
4.That lady is thin. She's not fat.

A question with what can be used for a question with how.

How long is it? What’s it’s length?
Tall is used to refer to someone or something from the ground up; high is used when talking about
something at a point above the ground.

To change inches to centimeters multiply by 2.5400

To change feet to metres multiply by 3048
To change Yards to metres multiply by 9144
To change miles to kilometers multiply by 1.6093

If clausses Certain If-conditional sentences express something that is true. The simple present tense can
be used in the If-clause and the imperative or present tense in the main clause.
If_clause Main clause
(condition) (result)
If the TV doesn’t work, phus this button.
If I get up at 0600, I get to work on time.
If I don’t eat lunch, I become hungry be 2:oop.m.

1.If you put ice in water, it melts.

2.You gain weight if you eat a lot of candy.
3.Where do you play tennis if it rains?
4.If they don't watchTV, they go to the movies.
5.If I dive the children to school, Joan picks them up.
6.The children get quiet if they see Mom's angry.
7.If the temperature drops a lot,it gets cold.
8.What do you do if you get home early?
9.Dors it get hot if the windows are closed?
10.I don't understand the lesson if I don't study.
 Indefinite pronouns
Large quantities. Many is used to refer to count nouns.
Much is used to refer to noncount nouns. It’s usually used in negative sentences.
A lot is used to refer to both count and noncount nouns.
Small quantities A few is used to refer to count nouns.
A little is used to refer to noncount nouns.
General quantities Some, any, and none are used to refer to both count and noncount nouns.
Use some in an affirmative statement and question.
Use any in an negative statement and question.
Use none in an affirmative statement and question.
Conditional sentences There are three basic types of conditional sentences discussed in this appendix. Each
type has two parts: the if_clause and main clause
Real present\future condition
This type of conditional sentence is used to show what may\will happen in the present\future if a certain
condition happens. Whwen the if_clause has the present tense, the main clause used the present or future
tense. Note that the if_clause msy come before or after main clause. When the if_clause comes after the
main clause, there is no comma between the clauses.
If Clause Main Clause
If the weather is good we drive to beach.
We will drive to the beach.
If she can he calls home everyday.
He’s going to call home today.

Main clause If clause

Sam goes finishing on Fridays if he has time
Samwill go finishing this Friday
She goes to thr \e movies every week if she has extra mony.
She will go to the movies this week
Unreal present condition
If –clauses that refer to an unreal, or hypotehnical, situation in the present use verbs in the
subjunctive mood. Their forms are the same as thouse of the pst tense, except for the verb BE.Were, not was is
used with singulat nouns he,she, and it.
If Clause Main Clause
If he exercised regularly he would probably feel better.
If we left earlier we could get home before dark.
If I were you I.d follow the doctor’s advice.

Main Clause If Clause

Bob wouldn’t get so confused if he followed instructions

You could get your money back if he had your sales slip.
Yhis might be a better movie if it weren’t so long.

Past unreal condition

Another type of conditional sentence is used to show a past unreal condition or situation. It tells what could,
would, or might have happened in the past if a certain condition or situation had been true. The if-clause has
the past perfect tense and main clause uses could have\ might have\ would have + a past participe.

If Clause Main Clause

If we had left earlier we might have been on time.
If you had had more mony, you could have bought a house.
If Jay had seen the doctor, he wouldn’t have gotten so ill.

Main Clause If Clause

Ed could have passed if he had studied harder.
He might have gone with you, if you had invited him.
Jane would have called ajohn, if she hadn’t been so busy.

BOOK 14 LESSON 1
Summary

F. I need your full mame and rank, please. My name is Roger Lee, and I'm ensing. This is
Ensingn Park.
G. Book\books; glass\ glasses; child\children; fish\fish; family\families
Hai just got here. Ned will be here soon.as big a montain.
V.
assign a aloca; a atribui be assigned
be up for enlist a inrola; a se angaja
promote incuraja; a promova be promoted
serve a fi de ajutor/folos; a servi station gara; post(de emisie);
be stationed advenced
advent aparitie; venire advenced follow a urma; a pricepe; a ins
basic de baza enlisted
follow on basic training
captain commander capitan de vas; omandant
corporal duty dare; impozit; datorie; obligatie
ensign portdrapel; steag insignia
lance corporal lieutenant commander
lieutenant junior Marine Corps
Noncomissioned subofiter opportunity
personnel personal(angajat); salar petty neinsemnat; meschin
petty officer private particular; individual
private first class promotion avansare; promovare
recruit recrut retirement pensionare; retragere
seaman matelot; marinar seaman apprentice
seaman recruit technical sergent
traning airman basic
airman first class assignment
 train a antrena; tren; ademenire; capcana; momire; a instru
bar a bara; bara acuzatilor; barou; tejghea; bara; a interzice
change rest; schimb; a schimba; schimbare
grade grad; rang; rampa; clasa; calificativ; panta; a grada

The military ofers you

1.The opportunity to serve your country and see the world.
With military bases in every state, you will have a variety of assignments.
2.Many opportunity to further your training and education.
3. Promotion, opportunities. The military went you to be all can be.
4.A medical plan to cover all military peraonnel and theier families.
5.A change fo an early retirement. You may be person who can enjoy a second career.

Plural count nouns are nouns that may by preceded by a or an in the singular
a book a man
an apple a fish
Count nouns can made plural.
Regular plurals are formed by adding:
_es to wordsending in these _es, changing the _y to _I to _s to words ending in a
letters:_ s;_z;_x;_ch; and_sh words ending in a consonst +_y vowel +_y and other
words
boxes families books
sandwiches duties chaires
dresses cities tables
inches libraries boys
wishes woeds
faces

Iregular plural have different forms: fish- deer children

feet teeth men
women knives

The _es or _s is addded to count nouns to form the plural has three different pronunciations.
\iz\ \s\ \z\
boxes books tables
dresses suits sons
sandwiches cooks words
dishes cups windows
pages boots boys
quizzes crops duties
horeses recruits jobs
chances ranks times
classes basics caves
services eggs
 The adjective A lot of…. can be used with plural count nouns.

A.Who was that the phone?

Z. That was Petty Officer calling sir.
A .Oh, yes. He served with me at Norfolk.He's a great NCO.He endlisted when he was nineteen years old.

Introduce yourself to the class. Give the information :

1.name
2.rank
3country
4.branch or service
5.last duty
6.present duty station (your duty station now, at this time)
7.next duty station.

Just \ Soon are adverbs of time.

Just is used to indicate recent completion in the past. John just arrived from New York.
Soon is used to indicate expected completion in the near future.His brother will arrive from L. A soon.
Tom just finished his homework. Bob will be finished soon.
What is about?
A.Mike, I just finished my homework. Do you want to go to the gim?
Z.I'm not finished yet, but I will be soon. I'll meet you there.

A.Hello, jane. I'm still at the airoport. The plane just arrived.
Z.When will you be home?
A.I'll be home soon.

A.The mail just came, and I got a letter from my brother.

Z.What dores he say in the letter?
A. He says he'll be finished with his ranind soon.

A.Mom, did the phone just ring.

Z.Yes, it was Uncle Roger. He'll be here soon.

As…..as comparisons use an construction with adjectives and adverbs to make comparision.Look at the
examles:
Jack is twenty years old. Bill is twenty years old. Jack is as old as Bill. (They are the same
age)
Fred is rich. He is richer than brother John. John isn/t as rich as his brother Fred. (Fred is
richer)
Linda finished her work in two hours. Betty finished in the same time. Betty
worked as fast as Linda worked. (Betty and Linda worked at the same speed).
Bob studies hard every naight. Mary sometimes studies. Mary doesn/t study as
hard as Bob does. (Bob studies harder than Mary.)
As + adjective + as Bill is younger than Bob.(old) Bill isn’t as old as Bob.
Future progressive is formated with Will + be + verb_ing It is used toexppres an action that
will be in progress at or up to particular time in the future.
We’ll be leaving at noon onFriday. Tom won’t be leaving until midnight tonight.

A.Will you be working late this evening?

Z.No, I won't be, I'll be leaving early.

A.Will you be going to the gim ai noon today?

Z.No, I'll be going out at 4:00 this afternoon.

A.Where will you be going this summer?

Z. I'll be traveling in Europe.

A.What will you be doing this time tomorrow?

Z. I'll be driving to Houston to visit my grandfather.

BOOk 14 LESSON 2
Summary

F. What was it like at the farm last wwekend? The field was like a forest because the corn was so tall.
G. extremly\ quite\ rather\ really\ so\ terribly\ very
This is the place whee the sun shines all year. Can you tell me the time when the movie ends?
If you are meeting Sylvia ai 9:00, you'll need to leave now. If you're looking for Major Langry
go to room 345.
If you're taking the test tomorrow, you should study. If Sara has heard from Tom, she will let
us know. If you haven't decided on a vacantion yet, go to Florida.Sammy can go the movie if he's
finished hie homework.
V.
be born
bloom floare; a inflori; roseata blossom floare a unui pom; a inflori
destroy a distruge locate a stabili locul; a amplasa
raise a creste vite; a starni; a ridica reflect a reflecta
because deoarece; pentru ca extremely peste masura de; extrem de
much mult probably probabil
rather cam; oarecum thick gros; dens; des
when cand; in timp ce; pe cand where incotro; pe unde; unde
barn hambar cabin cabina
cattle vite cow vaca
crop recolta; seceris destruction nimicire; distrugere
dirt gunoi; marsavie; murdarie farmer arendas; fermier
forest codru; a impaduri; padure mare location situatie; amplasare; loc
horse cal picnic picnic
plant a planta; planta; uzina; a stabi ranch crescatorie de vite; ferma
rancher fermier la o crescat. de vite reflection reflectare
sheep\sheep persoana sfioasa; oaie silo a insiloza; siloz
raspbery zmeura walley
wheat grau again iar; din nou
quite cu desavarsire; total almost aproape
field teren; camp; lan born innascut; nascut
graze julitura; a zgaria; a paste

a gren tumb
in fuul bloom
take\took\taken care of
little mic/ marunt(diminutiv); mic; infim
around peste tot; prin apropiere; jurul(in)
calf\calves gamba; pui(de elefant/balena); vitel
make\made\made a fabrica; a face; a produce
plant a planta; planta; uzina; a stabili
take\took\takentaken care of a imprumuta; a lua; a inchiria; a apuca
lot soarta; a sorti; tragere la sorti; destin; noroc
harvest cules; recolta; a secera; seceris; a culege; a recolta
lightlight\lit\lit a se cobora; a se lasa; a lumina; usor; lumina zilei; felinar; a aprinde;
bridge a construi un pod; a trece peste; bridge; pasarela; pod; radacina nasului
bull mascul(la animale); specula la bursa; taur
farm a cultiva pamantul; a lua in arenda; ferma; gospodarie
harvest cules; recolta; a secera; seceris; a culege; a recolta
kid ied; manusi glase; piele de capra sau ied; a-si rade de; pici; pusti; a pacali

The John raise cattle. We can see the cattle rfrom the road. They are grazing in the field. They eat all day
long. The bull is on the lrft side, and the cows and calvers are on the rightside of the road. Look there's a
baby calf with its mother.It was probably born last night.
We're almost to the bridge. Last year, extremely heavy rains destroyed it. The rivier rose and also caused a
lot of destruction to the fields around it. They had to plant the grass and build the bridge agaun.

A.Glad you liked it. Our neighbors, the Marts, just harvested some vegetablesand gave us some.
Z.Did they have a goo harvest this years?
A.Yes,I can remember that early in the spring all the fruit trees blossom.The white blossoms make the trees
look they have snow on them
Z.I know.I took some pictures of the blossom.The trees were in full bloom.All the blossom were open, and
the tree looked beatiful.In one pf the pictires, I got the reflection of the tree on the lake.

Adverbs of degree We can use certain adverbs before adjectives and other adverbs to make the
meaning stronger. These adverbs have the general meaning of very. For example:
extremely cheap (adverb + adjective) reallyinteresting (adverb + adjective) so well
(adverb + adjective) rather good (adverb + adjective) terribly noisy (adverb + adjective) quite
fast(adverb + adjective) Very quickly (adverb + adjective)

1.Mark was terribly upsed after accident. 2. Mr.Shark writes extremely well.
3.Linda's doughter is quite beautyful. 4.I saw to movie, and Iwas rather good.
5. Sgt. Andrew was so excited about his award from the general.
6.Uncle Arnold is very strong. 7.Capt. Lane has to work late night, so he's really tired.
8.That man was quite rude to my friend.

Adjective clauses with wher and when

Where is used in an adjective clause to modify a place. Itcomes right after the place.
We found a restaurant. The food was good (at the restaurant)
We found a restaurant where the food was good. ( where refers to restaurant a place)
When is used in an adjective clause to modify a noun of time. It comes right after the noun.
The summer was hot. We went to San Francisco (during that summer)
The summer when we want to San Francisco was hot (when refers to summer, anoun of time)

1.They visited the house where George Washinton lived.

2.They saw the place where thre Library Bell is.
3.They visited thre room where Alexander Bell made the first phone call.
4.They started at the hotel where the president haves stayed.
5.He's tolds us about the day when he broke hie atm during a basketball game.
6.He's talked about the time when he was a pilot in the Air Force.

IF conditional Certain if-conditional sentences express something that is true. The persent progressive
or the Present perfect can be used in the if-clause, and the future, a modal, or the imperative can be used in
the clause.
IF-CLAUSE MAIN CLAUSE
(condition) (result)
Present progresive Future\Modal\Imperative
If you’re looking for Bill You’ll find him in the library
You can find him in the library
Go to the library
Present perfect Future\Modal\Imperative
If you haven’t been to the park we’re going to go this Sunday.
You should go this Sunday.
Go this Sunday.
If you’re going to the library, please return this book.

1.If your're meeting Sylvia at 9:00 you'll need to leave now.

2.Maggie can stay with me if she's staying in town for the weekend.
3.If John's plane is arriving at 13:00, we shouldn't go to the airport now.It's too early.
4.If Bobby is looking for his keys, he'll find them on the dining room table.
5.Please exchange this shirt if you're going to the mall.
6.If you're writing a letter to Pete, tell him I said HI.
7.If you're thinking about ypur future, you should think about going to college.
8.Don't carry a lot of money if you're going downtown.

1.Sammy can go to the movie if he's finished his homework.

2.If you haven't decided on a vacantion yet, go the Florida.
3.The kids can watch TV if they have finished dinner.
4.If Sara has heard from Tom, she'll let us know.
5.Tell Ms.Smith that she can leave early if she's finished all her homework.
6.If Fred hasn't called by 8:00, we're going to leave without her.
7.If Fred hasn't forgotten he'll be here at 7:00.
8.If you haven't seen that new movie, go this weekend. It's great!

BOOk 14 LESSON 3
Summary

F. He didn't eathies suprer. He must not be hungry.

G. Walking is good exercise. Pat is tired of riding a bus. There are two candlles on Jay's cake.
He must be two years old. Do you have to go now? Yes, I must go right now. You must not drive
over 66 on city higways. There isen't a long line, so Ed will not have to wait. I'll write ti you.
The Devlins are not going to to Florida.Could you help me? I'm sorry. I can't .I have a backache.
Would you take this to Major Green's office? Yes, sir, I will.

V.
Afford a-si permite e born
believe in belive a crede
believer credincios low\blew\blown out
come\came\come over sosit; venit continue a starui; a urma; a continua
drop by drop over
go\went\gone ovre look forward to
must trebuie sing\sang\sung a intona; a canta
turn a intoarce; a invarti turn down
turn up wrap a impacheta; broboada; sal
all tot/orice beside langa; pe langa
besides de altfel; in afara de; pe langa broke lefter; rupt
poor nefericit; sarac poorly saracacios; indispus
pretty destul; dragut proud\proudly semet
rich bogat scared
scarf esarfa; fular soft\softtly nealcoolic; pufos; moale
underneath de jos; dedesubt; inferior irth nastere; origine
birthday zi de nastere blow out a stinge o lumanare; a exploda
candle lumanare couple cuplu; a se imperechea; a lega
gift dar; talent gifted inzestrat; capabil
microscope microscop present prezent; a prezenta; actual; dar
song cantare; cantec turn
volume amploare; volum take turns
from now on comfortable\confortably confortabil; reconfortant

go a merge; a se duce; a deveni; energie; entuziasm; miscare; incercare; moda

uncomfortable\uncomfortably necomfortabil; incomod; jenant; neplacut
drop a lasa sa cada; bomboana; a cadea; picatura; strop
Gerunds as subjects and objects of prepositions A gerund is the –ING form of a verb.
Examples: eating, plaing, sleeping A gerund is used as a noun. The most common
noun function of a gerund is the object of a verb. The gerund plus the words that go with it is called a gerund
phrase.
He enjoys teaching English. We finished working about an hour ago.
A gerund or gerund phrase can also be used as the subject of a sentence.
Driving on wet roads can be dangerous. Learning a second language is fun.
A gerund or gerund phrase can be used as the object of a preposition.
You can turn off the radio by pushing this button. Are you interesed in learning German?
He apologized for being late.
The following is a list common preposition combination with verb and adjectives that gerunds can follow:
Verb + preposition
àpologize for look forward to believe in plan on
decide on talk on finish with think of
Adjective + preposition
afraid of nervous about bored with proud of
excited about scared of fond of tired of
frightend of worried about interesed in
Learning English is easy. I’m interested in learning more English. I’m worried about flying.

1.Swimming in the ocean could be dangerous.

2.Are the chlidren excited about going to the birthday party?
3.Walking is good exercise.
4.Danny is bored with listening to language tapes.
5.Flying airplanes is Capteain Taylor's job.
6.Is Lt Andrews worried about failing his quiz?
7.Living in New York City can be very expensive.
8.Thank you for helping me.
9.Instead of studying, johh went to a movie.'

Must as probability is used with the simple present tense or the present progresive to express probability.
Steve is smiling. He must be happy. I smell smoke. Something must be
burning.
Must not is used for the negative.
John’s light are off. He must not be at home. Betty isn’t eating. She must not be hungry.
George busy a lot of dog and cat food. He must raise dogs and cats. She must be on the fone.

A.Their car is at the side of the road. Z. They must be having car trouble.
A.John, do you understand what they are saying? No, I don't .Let me listen more carefully. Oh, they're from
Oman.They must be speaking Arabic.
A.The traffic is really movingslowly today. Z.Ther must be an accident up ahead.
A.Oh look! Someoneforgot his jacket.It hasthe letters M.L. in it.
A.This packaje from Grandma is veryy small. Z.It must not be the bicycle that you wanted.

Making deductions and conclusions We use the modal must, may, might, and could to make
deductions ans conclusions from the information that we receive.
Must is used when we are very sure or very certain about something.
May, might, and could are used when we are less sure or certain.
must very sure may less sure might less sure couls less sure
This must be the one. John must be at his mother’s.

A.Which one is the key to the door? Z.None of the others fit, so this must be the one.
A.She wears a big diamond ring; he dirives an expensive car. Z.They must be rich.
A.What's wrong with Lynn? She didn't eat any supper. Z. Oh, She might not be hungry.
A.Do you want to eat supper outside? Z.No, the sky looks dark. It may rain.
A.look at oll the cars in front of the Smiths' house! Z. They might be having a party.
A.I've called three times, but no one answered the phone. Z.They must not be at home.
A.He's wearing a sweater. Z.I guess he must be cold.
A.George isn't home. Z.He could be shopping at the mall.
A.The mailman didn't stop at our hose today. Z.He must not have any mail for us.
A.Why is the baby crying? She just finished eating.Z.She could have a stomachache.

Review of modals
Must and have\has to both express necessity and obligation. You must have mony to buy a
car.
I can’t go. I have to study for a test.
Must not is used to express prohibition. You must not smoke in the building. (Don’t smoke in the
building) You must not dtive through a red light.(Donn’t drive through a red liht)
Not have \has to is used yto express lack of necessity. Tomorrow is Saturday.We don’t have to go to
class. We have a lot of time. We don’t have to study.
Will and going to are both used to express future time. Frank will finish packing tonight. He is
going to finish packing tonight.
Could and would are used to make requests.
Would you close the widow, please? Could you please hand me the sugar?
We don’t have to go to school today. Yes, he will. Would you put it here? Would you help me, please?
Would you close the window?

A.Sir, when must I report to Travis AFB? Z.You must ne there on the Twenty-first of April.
A.Mom, do you have to wash the dishes tonight? Z.Yes, you have to wash them before you can go uot.
A.Johny, does your little brother have to come with us? Z.Yes, Dad said I have to take care of him all day.
A.Do we have to wear our hats outside? Z.Yes, you must wear your hats outside.
A.When do I have to be at the airport? Z.You must be at the airport by 7:00 a.m.
 BOOk 14 LESSON 4
Summary

F. You don't haveto pay the fare. What did Nick say? He said didn't have to pay the fare.

G. Dan's shoes are too might. He ought to get another pair.

What time will Patt arrive? He'll arrive a six a o'clock.
When did he say? He said he would arrive at six o'clock.
When is Jan going to leave? She'a going to leave Monday.
What did tell you? He told me she was going to leave Monday.
What did tell you? He said that Al had to be there Sunday.
Carl draws well. Ed draws better than Carl.Al draws the best.
Sue sings bladly. Ann sings wores than Sue.Pam sings the worst.
V.
cancel a contramanda; a anula put\put\put aside
report a raporta; relatare; raport smell a adulmeca; a mirosi
taste a avea gust; savoare; gust tour turneu; calatorie
by accident by chance
on and on take a chance
abroad in strainatate accidental intamplator
accidentally din intamplare as soon as
by alaturi; aproape de; cu; prin; de; langa foreign strain
just as tocmai cand lucky norocos; favorabil
off incolo; liber(timp); departe on in; pe; la
rought a freca smooth lin; a netezi; neted
smoothly worse mai rau worst
cel/cea mai rau/rea chance rest; schimb; a schimba; schimba
fare bilet; costul unei curse; a calatori group grup; grupa; a (se) grupa
lottery loterie passenger pasager; calator
promise fagaduiala; promisiune refreshment inviorare; aperitiv
report a raporta; relatare; raport smell a adulmeca; a mirosi
tour turneu; calatorie tourist turist; calator
attemp a atenta; a incerca; incercare; a intreprinde; tentativa
better\best a imbunatati; a intrece; mai bine; mai bun
ought to ar trebui; a se cuveni; a se cadea; a fi probabil
board consiliu de conducere; pensiune; planseta; scandura

Ought to as advice Should and ought to are both used to give advice.
You don’t look good. You should see a doctor.
You don’t look good. You ought to see a doctor.
You should get there on time. You ought to get there on time. We ought to send her some
flowers.
 1.Sara has ricived three letters form Jak.She ought to write to him thios weekend.
2.Sam's shoes are tight. He ought to get a bigger pair.
3.There was an accident on the highway. Younought to leave qa little earlier today.
4.It's very cloudy today. Jeremy ought to wear his raincot.

1.You should taste the soup. It's delicious.

2.Jack should serve in the army if he has a chance.
3.They should take the cattle to thr barn
4.We should visit our friend who's sick.
5.She should wrop the birthday presnts.
6.You should stop smoking.

Indirect\ reported speech When a modal is used in direct speech, it is frequently changed in reported
speech.
Direct spreech Reported spreech
(present tense) ( past tense)
will pesent BE going to past BE going to
must (necessity) had to
have\has to had to
not have to didn’t have to
must not(prohibition) must not
Notice that had to is used instead of must in past tense reported speech when must means necessity.
He told me we might fly today. He said that he would do it.

A.What did the Major Tell you? Z. He told me that we might fly today.
A.What time does Dad's plane arrive? Z.It will arrive at 7:00.
A.What did Frank tell you about Dad's plane? Z.He told me that it would arrive at 8L34.
A.What time do I have to be in cxlass? Z.You must be there at 9:00.
A.Do you have wash thr dishes tonight? Z.No, you do't have towash then today.
A.Can you smoke? Z.No, you must not smoke in the room.
A.What did Bill say about smoking her? Z.he said we must not smoke in the room.

Irregular adverbs Some adverbs have irregular comparisons.

Adverb Comparative Superlative
well better than the best
badly worse than the worst
The comparative from is ised when referring to two people or things. The superlative from is ised when
referring to two people or things.

BOOK 15 LESSON 1
Summary

F. What’s basuic training lik? It’s pretty tough.

G We learn English more easly than they do. Ptv Allen falls in the most quickly of all the trainees. Pvt
Black polishes his boots less often than Pvt Shine.Bill studies the least regularly of oll the students.
S Have a conversation about military service. Select main idea trai trainEE

V attend a frecventa; ingriji; insoti complain a face o plangere; a se

plange crawl craul(inot); a se tara drill exerci'iu; sfredel; a
sfredeli;
enter a intra în; a înscrie fall in a se alinia
guard a pazi; a apara instruct a iniþia; a instrui
iron fier de cãlcat; join alatura; a se uni
march marsălui; a mãrsãlui tough dur; solid
polish a slefui; a lustrui yell a zbiera; a urla
area arie; suprafata everything tot; toate
broom matura dorm dormitor comun
training antrenament; instruire basic de baza
phisical fizic; trupesc; material briefing adunare

drop a lasa sa cada; bomboana; a cadea

sweep\swep\swep a matura; maturare; maturat; a se napusti; a strabate
sweat\sweat\sweat a nadusi; sudoare; transpiratie; a transpira
mop carpa de sters; a matura; a sterge
scrub a freca cu peria; animal pitic; lastaris; a trudi; tufaris
A training day
Drill instructors the new recruits.2.They make the trainees do everything over and over again. They make
them atand at attention. The trainees stand very straight and do not move. They make them march until their
Battle Dress Uniforms are wet with sweat. The Dis yell at the basic trainees who areslow in following
orders. The soldiers learn to guard the military base. The drill instructors give phisical training to the soldiers.
…and crawl on their stomachs.The drill sergent yelled at Private Mulhoon when he dropped his rifle.
The men obey quickly when the sergent tells them to fall in and march to the mess hall. Max begins to
sweat after 20 minutes of phisical training. When a person enters the military, he becomes a trainee. The
trainees clean the area. They have to pick up all the paper around the building. The students live o dorm.
They have a lot of tommates. Frank used a broom to get the dirt off the floor. Bob sweeps the floor the
dorm. Max mops nthe floor with water. He pushes the mop all around the floor. This trainee is scrubbing
the floor with a bruch and soap and water.The trainees iron their uniforms. Be careful.That iron is very hot.
Frank polishes his boots every day. He needs to buy some more black shoe plish. The trainees attend
classes six days a week. They only have one day off. After class the trainees take a brek. This is their time to
relax. The students attended the captain's briefing about basic training. He gave them a lot of information. A
cadet is a student in a military school. Officer trainees are called cadets. The recruits must have phisical
examination before thei join the military. Alice joined the Navy when she saw this sing. She likes to travel. The
soldiers practice shooting on the firing range. Be cautions when you enter the firing range.

What do you usually do?

1.Have you ever had to guard the gate? No, I never have
2.What do you usually do in the morning? Usually, I do Pt in the morning, but sometimes if the weather's bad I
have class.
3.Do you always wear your dress uniform to march? No, not always. Often I march in my BDUs.
4.Where do you go on the weekends? Frequently I go to the beach, but occasionally I have duty.
5.Do you often have duty on the weekend? No, I seldom have duty on the weekend but I still have to study.
6.Where do you go when you want to study? I often gomnto the library, but sometomes I stay in my room and
close the door.
7. Do you ever have a break. Yes, occasionally I have some free time. It's usually just before I go to bed.

What kinds of things do oyu in basic training? Well, we do many different things.
We always scrub and polish everything. And we have PT every day, but I like that.
How many miles have we marched? Too many! This is killing me! How aften do we get breaks?
Breaks? We only started thirty minutes ago. Tell thet to my feet.
How 's the food in basic training? It's very good, and I'm always hungry after we've drilled all day.
I think it's terribile! It smells bad, and it tastes worse! I don't know. Sometimes it's good, and sometimes it's
really bad.
Adverbsof frequency
The most common position is before the verb, bur after BE. They can also come at the beginning or end of the
sentence.
She is seldom on time. Is she usually on time? She never comes here. Does she always come here?
Where does it go? usually sometimes often seldom never
occasionally ever always frequently
1.Do you ever think about your basik training? 2.The basic trainee is frequently tired at the end of
the day.
3.The men always wear their fatigues when yhey mop and scrub. 4.The trainee is usually busy all
day.
4.During his training the trainee seldom has breaks.
What do you usually do?
How often….? usually frequently seldom ever never always occasionally
Sometimes often
How often do you go to the muvies? I go to the muvies occasionally.
Do you ever have to…?

More and Most are used with adverbs of 2 or more syllabes for the comparative and superlative forms.
ADVERB COMPARATIVE SUPERLATIVE
slowly more slowly than the most slowly
carefully morecarefully than the most carefully
frequently more frequently than the most frequently

These are some examples of adverbs formed by adding _ly to adjectives. Note the spellind changes.
correct correctly careful carefully
beautiful beautifully cautions cautiously
natural naturally slow slowly
soft softly nervous nervously
quiet quietly quick quickly
easy easily angry angrily
reasonable reasonably
 1.Jane is one the best English speakers in the class. She speaks more correctly than Ann
2.Janet is the best in the class. She prepare her homework the most carefully of all.
3.Who sings the most beautifully in the class? Jane does. She has the best voice.
4.Which one of the students attends class the most regularly? Anthony. He's never missed a day.
Which one of the girls eats the most slowly?
The suffix _ion may be added to some verbs to form nouns.Note the spelling changes.
collect collection confuse confusion
educate education instruct instruction
locate location select selection
operate operation promote promotion
1.It was difficult to select the best mman for the job. The selection of the best man was difficult for
the
commander.
2.Mr.Smith wanted to promote his secretsry, but the business office wouldn't allow any more
promotions.
3.Phillip likes to collect old guns. He has a very large collection.

BOOK 15 LESSON 2
Summary

F Can you come over Sunday? I'm afraid I'll be busy Sunday.
G Ben would be happy to help you. Sally will help, too. She will cook the barbecue. We can eat out
door.
Wherw are you going? Nowhere.I'm not going anwyhere.I think I've seen you somewhere
before.Are we going anywhere tonight ?No,do you want to go somewhere?
V

berbecue celebrate a celebra; a sarbatori

drop in invite a pofti; a invita;
cheese branza; have got
slice a taia felii afraid infricosat; speriat
afterwards dupa aceea have over
before in fata; inainte drink a bea; bautura
fresh nou; proaspat; recent inside viscere; dos; interior
nowhere nicaeri outside aparenta; exterior
somewher in jurul a; undeva stale ranced; vechi
wine vin
better a imbunatati; a intrece; mai bine; mai bun celebration celebrare; ceremonie; sarbatorire
quest a fi in cautare de;cautare;a cauta; urmarire ketchup sos picant
luncheon mustard mustar
pickles legume marinate rain check
roll chifla; a rostogoli; sul sauce sos; suc de fructe; zeama
slice a taia felii; bucata(subtire); felie
steak antricot; biftec; bucata
strawberry capsun; capsuna; frag de padure
wedding nunta; nuptial
as la fel de; in timp ce; deoarece
would ai; ati; ar; as; voi; vei; va; vom; veti; (exprima dorinta)
Will ai sa; are sa; aveti sa; o sa; pofta; vei; veti; vointa; vor; dorinta
miss esua, lovitura ratata
hold\held\held a pastra; a tine
anywhere nicaieri; oriunde; undeva

As I was shopping yesterday ,I saw Mrs.Adams indide the mall.She said she and her husband are expecting
company nex week.We should have them over for dinner.
Iit's an old college friend. Do you remember N.K. from Ames, Iowa? Yes.I'm afraid I do, and I won't tell you
a lie ansd say I've missed seeing her since she was here before.
Well suppose I could have a luncheon and just have women guest. I could invite Nell, and the other women
in my club. Would you do that for me? I won't have to attend if your get-together is at noon when I'm at
the office.
All right. I won't make you come to my party this time. I'll give you a rain check. Have you got the
Adams'number? I'll call her right now.
I'vebeen hungry for barbecue all week. The food always tastes better when you cook it outside. Would you
like a slice of cheese on your hamburger, Dan? Yes, please.I thinh a little cheese makes almost any sandwich
taste better.
Please, help yourself to some pie, Harvey. I'm going to go inside and get some ice cream.too.

Thank you, I.m had enougf. I've got to drive home.

How did you make this patato salad Mary? It's wonderful.
Well, I used cold patatos that I cooked before. I sliced them and added onions, pickles, mayonnaise, mustard,
and some eggs I boiled.

What can we buy Billy for his birthday? Maybe we can buy him a bicycle.here's a sale at the departament
store this week.
Where can go to buy a car? Let's check the newspaper. Maybe we can find a bargain.
Can you drive to meeting tonight? Yes, I can. I'll pick you uo at 7:00.

Would you to come to our party?

We use will and would tosay what we want or want todo.
Can I help you please? Yes, I’d like a cheese sandwich.
(I want a cheese sandwich).
We’re having a party next weekend. Can you come? Yes, I’d love to.
( yes, I want to come).
The box looks heavy. I’ll help you with it.
(I want to help you with it).
I need some help in the kitchen. I'll slice the chichen for you.
I'm worried about Dad. I'll drop by and check on him tomorrow.
Reviw of modals
Should, ought to, and be supposed to have the same meaning. They are used to give advice.
 You should study more. You ought to do better.
We’re supposed to take off our hars inside.
Used to is used to express an activity, situation or a habit that existed in the past but which no longer
exists.
I used to smuke ten ago, but I don’t any longer.
Would is used to express an action that was repeated regularly in the past.

Used to can also be used this way.

When I is a boy, my father would play baseball with us.
When I was boy, my father used to play baseball with us.

Must is used to express deduction and probability.

John’s not in class. He must be sick today.

Can is used to say that something is possible. We can see the lake from the living room.
You can walk to the pool.It.s very close.
Flying in an airplane can be dangerous.
Let’s go somewhere. To express an indefinite place or location we use the adverbs somewhere,
anywherw, and nowhere. This is how they are used:
Somewhere in afirmative questions/statements,
Anywhere in afirmative questions/negative statements,
Nowhere in short answer. (Nowhere means not anywhere)
Are you going somewhwre? Yes, I’m going somewhere. No, I’m not going anywhere.
Are you going anywhere? Where are you going? Nowhere.

1.I saw your keys somewhere. 2. I've hearg that music somewhere before. 3.Are you going
somewhere during your leave 5. You shouldn't go anywhere this weekend. 6. Jean can't travel
anywhere without Joe.

BOOK 15 LESSON 3
Summary

F. I'm going to fly to Africa. Have you applied for a visa?

G. What where you going to do? I was going to join the Navy.Don't tell anyone else. Everybody else
knows. What did he tell you? He told me I have to stop smokung.
V.
apply a aplica; a cere die a deceda; a se prapadi; a mur
earn a castiga; a merita leave\left\left a lasa; a parasi
notice aviz; notificare order ordine; serie; succesiune
photograph foto(grafie) postpone a amana
requite a rasplati; a recompensa was\were going to
alive in viata; vioi; activ else alt; altfel
in addition overseas peste mari si oceane
unusual neobisnuit; extraordinar unusually de obicei
 usual uzual; obisnuit air aer
application aplicare; aplicatie; cerere; silinta certificate adeverinta; certificat
continent continent; cumpatat death moarte; mortal; sfarsit
document a documenta; document history cronica; istorie
holiday sarbatoare; vacanta; concediu honeynoon luna de miere
life\live existenta; viata museum muzeu
order ordine; serie; succesiune photo foto(grafie)

ride a merge calare; a calari; a calari

visa a viza un pasaport; viza
while cat timp; pe cand; pe cata vreme; desi; in timp ce
reason mobil; motiv; pricina; ratiune; a rationa; a chibzui; a cumpani; a cugeta
around peste tot; prin apropiere; jurul(in)
dead molesit; mort; nesimtitor; vestejit

Hank and Helen are getting married next month. A couple of dasy after their wedding, they are planning to
go to Europe for their honeymoon.They are really excited about this vacation because they have left the
continent of North America before.Helen is excited about Europe because she has relatives in Spain and
Italy that she has never met. Hank is just happy to be going overseas; he has always wanted to cross an
ocean.
When they filling out their passport applications, Hank and Helen went tosee a travel agent.He told
them which countries in Europe require visa and which countries could visit without visas.They decided to
apply visa for Romania.

Hank is in the Army.The day before his wedding, he recived order to go to several countries on the continent
of Africa for six months. They order himto report around the 14 th or 15 th of June.That was around the same
time he and Helen were going to leave for Europe.Hank didn't know what to do. He didn't ask his
commander to postpone the trip to Africa foe a month.

I have order to go to Africa.

When? How long?
Wiil, I may be able to get another assignment. It'll mean that I have to go along for the ride to Antartica.My
commander's going there in August, and he wanted me to go, too.
Well, that doesn't sound too bad. A least we would still have our trip to Europe.How long would you be gone
on that trip?

Was\Were going to is used to say what someone intended to do in the past, but diden’t.
John was going to fly to Paris, but he changed his mind.
My sister was going to meet me for dinner, but she forgot.
What where they going to do?
1.Did you finish the assignment? I was going too, but I had to clean my room in the dorm.
2.Did your parents enjoy their trip to Greenland? They didn't go there.
3. What is Lt Sanchez doing hire? They canceled her leave.
4. Did you and your wife enjoy the movie? Yes, very much. Ar first we weren't going to go,
but I'm glad we did.
Else is used with adverb and pronoun compounds of some, any_,no_, and every_.
someone else\somebody else = some other person
anyone else\anybody = any other person
no one else\no body else = no other person
something else = some other thing
anything else = any other thing
nothing else = no other thing
everything else = every other thing
somewhere else = in\at\to some other place
anywhere else = in\at\to any other place
nowhere else = in\at\to no other place
everywhere else = in\at\to every other place
A.How was your meal, sir? Z.Very good, thank you. The meal was very good.
A.Can I get you anything else? Z.No, nothing else, thenks .I can't eat any more.

A.Have you heard about Tom's trouble with his boss?

Z. Yes, but don't tell anybody else.
A. Why not?
A. I don't know. I guees he doesn't want everybody else to know.
Z. But I have to tell somebody else ! It's not any fun if I can't.

A.Where are you planning to go to your vacantion this year?

Z.We've decided to go to South America.

A.Have you applied for visa yet?

Z.I don't think we'll need any visas.

A.I think would you like to go to our honeymoon?

Z.I've always wanted to fly to Australia.

A. I think you should call a travel agent and find out.

Z.yeah, that's a good idea.
A.We may go to Europe next summer?
Z.Have you ever been there before.

A.When will you be leaving?

Z.I'll graduate from my language traning program at the end of next month. I'll leave a few days later.

Direct and reported spreech when a modal is used in direct spreech, it is sometimes changed in
reportrd speech. Notice will \ would.
Direct spreech Reported spreech
(present tense) ( past tense)
ought to (advice) ought to
should (advice) should
used to\ would(past routine) used to \ would
used to (discontinued past habit) used to
 must(deduction) must
must not (deduction) must not
was\ were going to was\ were going to
would like to (desire) would like to
will\ would (willingness) would
A.You ought to buy TV, Mary ?
Z.you're right.I sould buy one but I don't have enough maney.
Z.My parents would sell you their old TV very cheap.
A.I used to watch a lot of TV.Now I'm too busy.

A.My parents were going to go to Europe, but they coult't go?

Z. tell ? What did he tell you?
S.He toll me (that his) parents were going to go to Europe, but they couldn't go.

A.Another thing is that you must exercise. You ought to walk or run for 30 minutes, 3 or more times a week.
You'll feel better. You'll also lose some of that weight I notice you've gained.
Z.Okay.I'll start to walk in the morning before I go to work. I was going to go on a diet, but I'll try exercising
to lose the weught.

What did you say would like to do? He said that you should stop.
Where did he say they went?

BOOK 15 LESSON 4
Summary

F. How long have you coughing? For about a week.

G. I hurt myself.. You seem very calm. Stay well.
Did he give the order himsel? The ground remained wet for a month. I take weekly shots for my
allergy.
V.

all by oneself
allergic alergic allergy alergie
appear a face impresie; a aparea aspirin aspirina
bed rest bed pat
bleed\bled\bled a insangera; a sangera blood neam; sange; a sangera
blood pressure clinic clinica
dizzy ametit; naucit examine a examina; a cerceta
flu gripa; raceala get a prescription
filled himself chiar el; el insusi;
se
ill bolnav; nefavorabil Injure a leza; a pagubi; a dauna; a
ran Injury dauna; leziune; rana;
nedreptate Itself el insusi(pe); se
Laboratory laborator lain down
mirror a reflecta; oglinda muscle muschi
myself eu insumi; ma number numar
operation actiune; operatie ourselves noi insine; ne
pelicillin penicilina pharmacy farmacie
pill pilula; a fura; a jefui presclibe a prescrie
prescription reteta quiet down
quet tacut record a inregistra; record; disc
seat loc de stat; bilet; scaun sign on a se angaja intr-un serviciu
sign a semna; indiciu; semn sign in
sick indispus; bolnav sick call
social security sprained
still silentios; linistit sulfa sulfamida
swollen umflat; exagera tablet blocnotes; tablita
treatment twisted contorsionat; stramb
wipe curata; a freca; a sterge treat ospat; a considera; a trata

themselves chiar ei/ele; insisi; insele; singuri; se

yourself insati; tu insuti; tu insati; te; singur
yourselves va; voi insiva; singuri
calm a se calma; calm; liniste; a se linisti; linistit
card carte(de joc); a daraci; fisa; invitatie
care a avea grija; a-i pasa(de); atentie; grija
pulse puls; ritm; indemn; a pulsa; pulsatie; dispozitie; a bate
Lab laborator; Partidul Laburist (Anglia); laborator(presc)
drug doctorie; a droga; medicament; narcotic
lie\lay\ a fi culcat; minciuna; nascocire
seem a da impresia; a parea; a se parea
medication ingrijire medicala; medicatie
operate a opera(med); a actiona; a manui

Whem Lt Burns looked in the mirror this morning, he didn’t like the reflections that he saw.
His nose was red and his eyelids were swollen.
He told the doctor that he thought he had an allergy. The doctor gave him a shot to help his his
swollen eyes and runny nose. This would make him feel better until they found out. What was
causing his allergy.
Then the doctor wrote a prescription for samme more medicine. He told Lt Burns to take the
drug every day for two weeks.
He also handed Lt Burns a slip for a laboratory test. The doctor saod, This test will probably
tell us the things that you are allergic to. When I know the caucs your simptoms, I’ll know how to
treat your problem.
 A the lab a corpsman stuk a needle in Lt Burns arm and withdrew some blood. The wiped the
blood from his patient’s arm with a piece of cotton. He treated Lt Burns very carefully.
After he left the lab Lt Burns got his prescription filled at the pharmacy.

A.You don’t seem well, Tim. What’s the matter?

Z.Every mucle in my body aches.

A.Maybe you got too much exercises yesterday.

Z.No, I don’t think so. I really feel ill.

A.Do you have fevers?

Z. Yes, and I get dizzy when I stand up.

A.You may have the flu?

Z.I’ve already missed sick call this morning.

A. The clinic holds sick call againat 1300 hours.

B. If i take some aspirin, I’ll last until them.

A.You should go to your room and lie down.

Z.That’s probably what the doctor will prescribe: pain pills and bed rest.

Reflexive pronouns The following words are reflexive pronouns:

myself yourself himself herself itself ourselves
yourselves themselves
An reflexive pronoun is used as an object and refers to the subject of the sentence or clause.
He looked at himself in the mirror. She injured herself during the game.
The children went to the movies by themselves.
Somethime reflexive pronounsare used for emphasis.
Who cooked dinner? Betty herself cooked dinner, not her mother. She cooked dinner herself.
Reflexive pronouns used for emphasis.
I know the was locked. I myself locked it. I locked it myself.
A. Are you sure this is the right road?
Z. Of, course I am. I myself drew this map.

A.Does Ellen really want all of us to come for dinner?

Z.Sure. She herself invited us.

A. Can you carry anything else?

Z, No, way. This box itself must weigh a hundert pounds.
 Linking verbs. We use adjectives after certain verbs called linking verbs. When an adjective is
used after a linking verb, the adjective modifies the subject of the sentence.
The most common liking verbs are:
apper get smell be keep sound
become remain stay feel seem taste
A. How do you feel now?
Z.I still feel a little dizzy.
A.You seem calm?
Z.I only appear calm. I'm really nervous.
A.How did you do it?
Z.Well, I was working on the roof and fell off. When I realized I had a broken leg, I knew I
had to stay quiet and keep wery still.
A.It's good that you remained calm. You saved yourself from a very bad injury.

Your friend is very nice. The coffee tastes strong. Tom appeared calm during the strom.
The food will remain cold on the ice. Bill seems nervous about his operation.
Suffix _LY The suffix _ly can be added to nouns of time to make adjectives and adverb. The most
common nouns are:
day + ly = day hour + ly = hourly month + ly = mounthly
night + ly = nightly week + ly = weekly year + ly = yearly
The _ly words above can be used as both adjectives and adverbs.

A.How often do you have guard duty?

Z.I have guard duty every week. I have guard duty weekly.

A.How does Sgt.Willis pay his rent?

Z.He pays it by the month. He pay it monthly.

A.When do you get your checkup?

Z.I get it every year. I get it yearly.
May help you?
I'd like tosee a doctor.

May I see your ID card? Yes, here is it.

Do you have a medical record here? No, this is my first visit.

What's your age? I'm twenty.

Do youknow your height andweight? Yes.I'm six feet tall and I weigh about 134 pounds.
Do you smoke? A little I smoke about for cigarettes a day.
Are you taking any medication? I'm taking aspirin.
Are you allergic to any drugs? I don.t think so.
Tell me about your symtoms? Well, I think I have a fever.
My head and throat hurt, and I feel dizzy.
How long have you symtoms? Since this morning.
 We're going to take your temperature and chech your blood pressure and pulse.
Then the doctor wiil examine you. O. K.
Go to the frist room the right and have a seat. Thanks.
Did you anything on it? Yes, I put ice on it.
How doyou feel? My stomach is upset. I have a pain inmy chest and in my arm.
Do you have any other symtoms? Yes.My head hurts.
Calm down. Tell me your problem. I'm shot. Ishot myself.
You shor yourself? How did that happen? I was cleaning my gun, and I dropped It.

What happened to you?

I broke my leg.
How did you do that?
I was washing my car and I slipeed on the wet street.

BOOK 16 LESSON 1

F. What activities will help me get physically fit ? Jogging, swimming laps, or working
out on exercise equipment.
G. You had better be more careful; the next time you might get hurt. It's easier to do it
myself. Why don't you grt more sleep ?She had owned her house for twenty years.

active activ; harnic; vioi activities

activity activitate; actiune avoid a evita
check out a lichida contul la un hotel closed inchis
convenient comod; convenabil
cut\cut\cut down (on) a dobori; a ucide doubtful
energy energie equipment echipament;
even neted; orizontal; egal; par fitness sanatate;
gradual treptat
gradually had better
health sanatate impossible imposibil;necrezut
nap atipire; picoteala necessary necesar
open a deschide; deschis; a incepe possible eventual; posibil
possibly regularly in mod regulat
relaxation destindere; relaxare; slabire skip hop; salt
sleep a dormi; hibernare; somn suggestion idee; sugestie;
swimming pool piscina; strand take part un
take up a se ameliora; a se imbunatat try out a verifica; a incerca
unnecessary superfluu; inutil
weights pondere; povara; greutate weights lifting haltere
weighty greu la cantar; influent; important take part a lua parte la take place a
avea loc
cut felie; taietura; bucata; a reduce; a taia
properly cum trebuie/se cade; pe buna dreptate; propriu-zis; strasnic; decent
 lap lipait; pe genunchi; plescait; poala
ook after a se ingriji de; a suprav. copil/ bolnav
it ea(pentru obiecte/abstractiuni); el
cut\cut\cut out a cala(motorul); a decupla
proper adecvat; indicat; propriu; exact;
jog a face jogging; zgaltait; zguduitura
fit a se potrivi, acces; corespunzator

Those people jog two miles every today. That store is so convenient. It's right across the street from my
house.
Nik took a nap after lunch. This gym all the equipment that I need. Helen swims twenty laps every day.
Harvey lifts to keep fit. It can't possibly be 3:00 already thought we had plenty of time to get here. We're
getting furniture little by little try to save enough money to buy one piece each month.

H.Captain Harris sent me to the dispensary yesterday. And, unfortunately, the doctor agreed with his opinion
need to lose weight. I weigh twenty pounds more than I should.
A. Did the doctor put you fitness program ?
H. Tell me about diet.
A. Well, I have to cut down on potatoes and bred, and I have to cut out sweets completely.
H. They gave me a choice of exercise activities. The doctor suggested that I swim laps. Captain suggested
that I swim laps, jog, and lift weights.
H. Well, good luck with your fitness program. I know that you'll feel better and I'm sure that you'll have a lot
more energy too.

It's a good plan to save money every month.It's expensive to take a taxi. It's not healthy to skip
meals. It's fun to swim .
P.It's dangerous to jog at night. S.Is it safer to run durind the day ?
P.It's not always easy to understand Bill. S. I agree, but it's impossible not to like him.
P.Why it is a good idea to use traveler's checks ? S.Because it's so easy to lose cash.
P.It's hard for an adult to go school and work at the same time. S.It's even more difficult to have a family,
go to school, and work at the same time.
T.I'd sure like to take flying lessons A.It's very expensive. It's very expensive to take flying lessons.
T.A always use the microwave. S.Me, too. It's quickler.
T.Are you getting the assignment that you want ? S.Yes, and it's exciting.
T. Did you make 100.on the exam ? S. yes, it was wonderful.

Had better means should. Had better not means shouldn't

You had better pay the rent today.You'd better get to class on time.You had better stop late et the red light.
You had better not forget to pay the rent.You'd better not be late for class.You had better run the red light.
A.You had better write to your parents.You know they worry about you. Z.I know, but I've been too busy.
A.Have you paid this month's rent yet ? Z.No, I haven't. I'd better do it right away.
A.Hadn't we better call the Smiths before we leave ? Z.Yes, we'd better.We ought to tell them we'll be late.
If you don't wear a jacket, you'll catch a cool.You'd better wear a jacket, or you'll catch a cold.
If miss the bus, I'll have to stay here. I'd better not miss the bus, or I'll have to stay here.
A.Doris want to spply a job that requires typing, but she can,t type.Z.(lessons)She'd better take typing
lessons.

Why don't you get more rest ?

A.I feel tired all the time. Z.Why don't you try going to bed earlier ?
A.I have,but it doesn't help.They why don't you get more exercise ?
A.I kno, I should, but I hate to work out. Z.Well, why not swim instead ?

You should get more rest = why don't you get more rest ?
= why notu get more rest ?
Use the infinitive of the verb (without to ) after Why don't you and why not.
Why don't I (We;You ) ask for a drink? Why don't I (We;You ) call him ? Why don't I (We;You )
watch the news ? Why not I (We;You ) open it now ?
You shold ask for a refund. Why don't you ask for a refund ? or Why not you ask for a refund ?
Let's go to mall Friday. Why not go on Saturday ? or Why don't go on Saturday ?

1. You should go to sick call. 2. We should rent a car. 3. We should ask the instructor.
4.You should go to the party. 5. He should read this book. 6. You should take the bus.
1.I need to work out regulary. (weights) Why not lift weights
2.I should buy some exercise equipment.(rent) 3.I haven't had any free time for months.(vacation)

A.Hi, paul. How 's going ?

Z.All right,Iguess.I haven't really been able to sleep lately.
A.Maybe you're not exercising enough.
Z.Well, that might be it. I'm usually tyred after class,so I go to the barracks and take a nap. Then I have to do
my homework and eat a dinner. I have no time exercise.

A I'm not sure b.Yesterday morning, I sneezed for about an hour before I stopped.Now, I'm sneezing
again.Do you think I ought to go see a doctor ?
Z.It might be an allergy, or it could be the flu.I think it would be a good idea to see a doctor.

The past perfect tense expresses an activity that was completed before another activity occurred in the past.
The past perfect tense is formated by using had with the past participe or the verb. It is used when you are
talkingabout ttwo things that have already happened.
He starter the car after they'd fastened their seat belts. I haden't met him before he cam to our class.
She had gone inside by the time he tought to ask hir.
Jules had already graduated when he mrt Julie. When John sold his car, he had owned it for ten years.
The movie had already started by the time Erin arrived.

How long______John________his car before he sold it ?

How long had John owned his car before he sold it ? He'd owned it for ten years.
Who had Elsa seen on Friday before she saw the doctor ?She'd seen the nurse.
Had Ed ever cooked anything before tonight ?No, he'd never cookied anything.
Study the words.

Had asked caused dropper hoped lived moved bought eaten heard seen tought
Had + not = hadn't
I had=I'd you had=you'd he had=he'd she had=she'd we had=we'd they had=they'd

BOOK 16 LESSON 2

F. When do you salute inside ? You salute inside when you are reporting to an officer.
G. The secretary types the general's letters.The general's letters are typed by the secretary. Jim has got
to finish this assignment by tomorrow morning.He had been driving for ten years before he got a ticket
V.

admiral amiral authority autoritate

behavea se comporta behavoir comportament; purtare
brigadier general general de brigada chain of command
commissioned officer compusory compulsive
courtesies courtesy
custum obicei generalgeneral; comun; obisnuit
have a bath a face baie
have got to
honor onoare; cinste installation utilaj; instalare; instalatie
lieutenant general general locotenent lower half
loyal loial; credincios loyality devotament; loialitate
major general observe observator(persoana)
privilege privilegiu; avantaj rear admiral contraamiral
regulation regulament; reglare render a preda; a remite; a da
respecta respecta; respect right cinstit; corect; drept
salute a da onorul; a saluta; salut sense simt; a simti; minte
subordinate a subordona; subordonat; inferior subordinate a subordona; subordonat; inferior
upper half upper partea superioara; superio
vice admiral vice chairman vicepresedinte
junior elev in penultimul an(SUA); junior/jr(adaugat dupa nume); mai tanar/subordonat; student
seniority varsta mai mare; vechime mai mare(in munca)
honorable titlu dat deputatilor; Honorable, titlu dat nobililor; onorabil; titlu dat primarilor; nobil
commissionr membru al unei comisii; imputernicit
against contra/langa; impotriva; lipit de

Pasive voice: Be passive

Subject verb object agent

Active voice The secretary types the leers
Passive voice The letters are typed (by the secretary)
To form the Be passive :Add Be + _ed (past participe to the verb.) Move the object of the sentience to the
subject position.
Add by to the original subject and move it ot the agent position.The agent may by omited.
 1.Letters are tipped by the secretary.
2. All of the mail is answered promptly.
3.The general's full rank is used on letters
4.The general's daily schedule is prepared by the secretary.
5.Meetings are held in the general's office every week.
6.They are attended by the other senior officers.
7.Reports are given and problems are discussed.
8.Missing the mating is not recommended.
He said to tell you…
When you see Lee, tell him that his vehicle is repaired and the keys are with the cachier.
Lee, your vehicle is fixed, and the keys are with the cashier.
` 1. Colonels and generals are senior officers.
2.Lieutenants and captains are junior officers.
3.The rank of warrant officers is between the NCO and commissioned officer ranks.
4.An officer who is saluted must return the salute Promptly.

A. Are you studying the lesson about military courtesy ?

Z .No, I'm reading the next one. It's about military customs.

A.I taught customs and courtesies where the same things.

Z. They're very similar. we have got to observe both of them .If we don't follow them, we'll get in
trouble.

A.Then what's the difference between the two ?

Z.Courtesy is polite behavoir, like opening doors for people, and begin quiet when someone else is
talking.In the military, courtesy is required .Some examples of military courtesy are standing up
when an officer enters the barracks and taking your hat off when you're indoors.

A.When can you retire form the Navy ?

Z.I have the right to retire after 20 years of service.

A.Can I wear a gold chain with my uniform ?

Z. No, you can't. It's against regulations.

A.Do I have to wear my seat belt when I dtive on the base ?

Z.Yes, Everyone has got to. It's compulsory.

A.I don't want to talk to Colonel Baker. I'm going straight to general with this problem.
Z.Please see the Colonel first. He's the first one in your chain of command. You'll be sorryif you don't
folow the chain.

I must =(have to;=have got to ) cash a check.

A.Do you want to go to the mall with me ?

Z.Yes, but I've go to cash a check first.
A. That's okay.I have to stop at the bank too.
A.Can the childern go swimming ?
Z.It's not safe now. They just ate lunch.
A.Sorry, kids. You've go to wait a while.

A.When do we have go be at the airport ?

Z.We need to be there by three o'clock.
A.Then we've got to leave right away.

A.Janet missed the math test this morning .

Z.She's luky.
A.Not really. She's got to take it tomorrow.

What do you have to do this afternoon ?

I've got ot go to BX.

What do you have to do tomorrow ?

I've got to meet a friend at the airport.

Could you tellme agaih….?

A.Sir, could you tell me again when to render a salute ?
Z. You asalute whenever you meet ao officer outside; when a military vehicle passes by with
officers inside ; and when you report to an officer.

The soldiers had been marching for hours before dinner.

The tourists had been napping during the raing storm.
Ted and Bob haden't watchig TV was shopping.

…………… 1980 ………………………………… 1999 ………………..now

Dan starting driving he got a ticket
Dan had been driving for 19 years before he got a ticket.

Carol went to sleep at 10:00p.m. The telephone rang at 11:00 p.m.

Could had been sleeping for an hour when the telrpphone rang.

Joe starting workig on his car Friday .He finally fixed it Sunday.
By the time Joe fixed his car, he had been working on it for three days.

A.Larry finally found a job.

Z.How long had he been looking for one ?

A.The boys lost their tennis math yesterday.

Z.Had they been practicing enough ?

A.Mark hadn't been folowing the doctor's orders?

 Z. What had he been doing wrong .

BOOK 16 LESSON 3

F. Would you rather see an opera or ballet? I'd rather see a ballet.
Do you prefer hunting to finishing ? No, I prefer finishing rather than hunting.
Which would you like thre red one on the blue one ? Oh, I'd like the blue one. I hate red.
G. Do you prefer jogging to running ? No, I prefer running.
She would rather go to Dallas than to Houston.
Wich shou would you rather see ? I'd rather see the comedy.
Were the roads dangerous to drive on ?Yes, they were very dangerous to drive on.
Why was the modern drama so hard to understand ?
V.
act
dislike
fight\fought\fought
perform
hate
preferto
quit\quit\quit
stand
would rather
antique
classical
close to
either
furthermore
kind
likewise
modern
musical
neither
rather than
scary
serious
actor
actress
adventure
comedy
concert
drama
humotr
musical
musician
opera
orchestra
performance
play
ballet
row
rock
seat
stage
symphony
theater
type
walk
1. I like to go the theatre downtown because They showw Spanish movies.
2.Bill always enjoyed comedies because he likes laugh.Jill prefers dramas because she thinks they're true to
life.
3.Laura likes the seats in the front row but I would rather sit in a row faether back.Hal likes either place,
front or back.
4.The actor and actress performed in a play that had a serious message about life.
5.The movie was a adventure rather than a humorous one.
6.His perforformance had rhe type of humor that serious people hate.
7.Many modern theaters today don't have stages.The play are acted in the round.
8. I tnhink so,too .I like adventure stories but I prefer to see them in a movie.They can do more exciting
things on film than on the stage of the theater. But a comedy is great for a stage performance.
9.Npt me ! I dislike rok music.There's nothing I like about it.I like classic music,and there symphony
tonight,and I plan to go.We have a reallygood symphony orchestra inthis city made up of fine musicians.You
ought to go with me and hear some really good music.It would save your ears too.

I prefer meat to chicken. You prefer boating to skiing.

He(She) prefers tea rather than coffee.
We(They) prefer to ride rather than walk.

1.A.Which do you prefer, steak or chicke?

Z.I prefer steak to chicken.
A.Do you prefer rice to potatoes ?Z.Yes, I do.I prefer rice.
A.I don't. I prefer potatoes rather than rice.

A.I prefer to fly rather than drive.

Z.I prefer plane travel to car travel, too. It's faster.

A.Do you prefer pie to cake ?

Z. No, I prefer cake.A.Really ?I would prefer pie rather than cake.
A.Tell me what kind of weather you prefer.
Z.I prefer cold weather to hot weather.

A.Do you prefer big cars to littlr cars ?

Z.No, I prefer little cars.Little care are eaiser to drive.
A.Almost everyone seems to prefer little cars rather than big ones.

A Do you prefer buying to renting ? Z.Yes I prefer renting to buying.I like to move around.

A.I prefer to walk downtown rather than drive.

Z.I prefer walking to driving ,too.

A. I prefer to watch tennis rather than play.

Z.I prefer playing to watching. I love to game.

Do you prefer meat to chicken ?

Yes, I prefer meat to chiken.
No, I prefer chiken to meat.

Do you prefer tea rather than coffee ?

Yes, I prefer tea rather than coffee.
No,I prefer coffee rather to tea.

Do you prefer to ride rather to walk ?

Yes, I prefer to ride rather to walk.
No, I prefer to walk rather than ride.

Would you rather….?

Would yi\you rather see a ballet than opera ?

No,I.d rather see an opera than a ballet.

Which shou would you rather see, the adventure show or the comedy ?
I'd rather see the comedy than the adventure show.

We're going downtown this weekend. Do you want to ca\ome ?

I'd rather not go this weekend. I have to study.

Would you rather cook than potatoes ? Yes, I'd rather cook rice than potatoes.
I'd rather you visit tonight ,Mary or Sally ?
I'd rather visit Sally than Mary tonight.
I'd rather see a movie
A.Do you want to go see that new playor a movie ?
Z.I'd rather go see a monie.
A.How about that new comedy Space Cadets ?
Z.Good idea !I 'd like to see something funny.

Awould you rether see a opera or a ballrt ?

Z>Well, I'd like both.
A.Yeach, but which do you prefer when you have make a choice ?
Z. I prefer to see a ballet. I like a dancing.

A.What do you think about that anticue car over there ? I think It's wonderful !
Z. It.s nice, but I like modern cars Better than old ones .
A. Oh, yeah.What type of car do you like ?
Z.Usually the ones I can't affrod.

I'd laike to have fish

A.What do you prefer, fish or chiken ?

Z. I prefer fish.

A.What would you rather have , fish or chiken ?

Z.I'd rather have fish.

A.What would you like, fish or chiken ?

I'd like to have fish.

BOOK 16 LESSON 4

F. Can you play and musical instruments ?Yes, I play the piano and the guitar.
G. Barb does’t play well enough to be the team.Too many students drink too much coffee.
Did Harry apply for the job ? Yes, here’s his application
V.
adjust a aranja; a regla assemble
be unable to figure out a socoti; a calcula; a pricepe
install a inscauna; a instala; a monta key in
print a tipari; a publica put together a totaliza; a uni
replace a inapoia; a inlocui; a restitui shut a inchide; a desparti
\shut\shut off a izola; a intrerupe \took\taken aparat
capable capabil for example
lend a hand a da o mana de ajutor dumb mut; posac; tacut
enough destul; suficient incapable neputincios; incapacitate; nepotrivit
intelligent inteligent
smart a ustura; usturator ability abilitate; capacitate
air conditioner aer conditionat battery acumulator; baterie
computer computer; calculator drum a bate toba; toba; cilindru
experience experienta glasses ochelari
instrument unealta; instrument piano pian
printer tipograf radiator radiator
typewriter masina de scris violin vioara; violina

put\put\put trecut/part.trecut de la put; a instala; a pune

take a imprumuta; a lua; a inchiria; a apuca
shut\shut\shut down a inchide(o intreprindere); a lasa in jos(transperant)
key cheie; tasta; clapa; cheia exercitiilor; solutie; tonalitate (muzica)
keyboard tastatura; claviatura; tablou de comanda; clape
screen a fi ecranizat; ecran; paravan; adapost
date a data(o scrisoare); curmala; termen; data
handle a face negot cu; coada; a manevra; maner; toarta; a rezolva; a trata; a discuta;
copy a copia; copie; exemplar; a imita; reproducere
puzzle a fi nedumerit; a-si framanta(mintea); enigma; joc de cuvinte
lucky norocos; favorabil

A. Good morning, Brian .How’s it going ?

Z. Well , I’m only hour late. Things could be worse.
A .Did you have a problem this morning ?
Z.I sure did ! First, the door handle on my car broke, an then my dumb car wouldn’t start.
A. Do you know what’s wrong with it yet ?
Z .no yet. It seems to be electrical. Probably the battery think I’ll have to replace it. It’s about four yars
old.
A .If they only install a battery,you’re lucky. Electrical problems are had to figure out and can be very
expensive to repair.
Z. Yeah , I suppose. How hard can the te installation of a battery be ? I mean, they just put one in ,right ?
A .Right. No problem. And installation is usually free.

A. What was the problem ? The battery ?

Z. Yes ,sir. We installed a new one and the car starts just fine.
A. That’s good news.
Z. Yes , sir, but I’ve found some other problems.
A. What else has us wrong ?
Z.Your diator has a small leak.It’s large enough to cause much trouble yet.but pretty soon you’re going to
start losing a lot water.
A.Will you have to install a new one
….The battery, the radiator, and the air conditioner!
Fix the radiator, but not the air conditioner.Just put it together again.It’s time to sell this limon.

A. Are you going to take it to a mechanic ?

Z.No, I’ll just take it to base auto repair shop next Saturday and do the work myself.T think I can adjust a few
things and fix it. They have all the machines and tools I’ll need.
A.wish I knew how to handle all thoese thinks, but I guess I’m too dumb to operate them.I’m incapable of
doing thihgs like that. I don’t have thre ability.
Z.Yes.you do, Brian.Anyone is capable of doing it.I’m sure you can do it,too. Come
with me next Saturday.I’ll show you how.
Unable to

I am\ was unable to fix it. He ( She) is\ was unable to fix it.
We (You; They) are \ were unable to fix it.

Sue isn’t able to install the battery.

is unable to install the battery.
can’t install the battery.
Frank wasn’t able to to install the battery.
was unable to install the battery.
couldn’t install the battery.

Kate can’t figure out the puzzle. Kate is unable to figure out the puzzle
Lee couldn’t put the data together for the meeting. Lee was unable to put the data
together for
the meeting.

Enough.

I’m dirty enough to take a shower.

Jim couldn’t jog fast enough to catch Bill.
Do you swim regularly enough to keep fit ?

1.Billy is old enough this summer to get a job.

2.Barb doesn’t play well enough to be on team.
3.Can Mark sing well enough to get a part in the party ?
4.Lena drove slowly enough for us to see the flowers that are growing by the road.
5.The coffee tasted bitter enough to make Jan sick.
6.The speech was boring enough to put Helen to sleep.
7.Did he drive cautiously enough for to feel confortable?
8. Are the pictures close enough for you the to see them ?
Rob is slow.He can’t catch me ! Rob isn’t fast enough to catch me !

Many
Count nouns are things that be counted Noncount nouns are things that
can’t be counted.
lessons information
showers rain
dollars money
spoons sugar
cups coffee
glasses water
minutes time
people news
To many is used to express Too much also means
more than enough .Use too many more than enough. Use too much
with count nouns. noncount nouns.

too many soft drinks

He drinks too many soft drinks in a day.

not too many students

There aren’t too many students in this scool.

too much many

A new car costs too much money.

not too much information

He diden’t give me too much information to give you.

A.Does you son know how to drive ? No, he doesn’t.He’s only twelve years old.
Can you get that map off the top shelf ? No, I can.t I’m not tall enough.
Do you know how to change a tire ?Sure I kow . I thought everyone did.
Can you install a radio in my new truk ?
Yes, I can do it . It will cost you twenty dollars.
Can we go finishing Saturday ? We can go only if it doesn’t rain.

+ ation

apply + ation application

cancel + ation cancellation
continue + ation continuation
examine + ation examination
imageine + ation imagination
invite + ation invitation
prepare + ation preparation
recommended + ation recommendation

Did the doctor examine himthis morning ? Yes, his examination was at 10:00 o’clok.
Are you going to invite the whole class to the party ?Yes, I’ll mail the invitations
tumorrow.
Are they prepared for a large group of people ? Yes, and they complreted all the
preparations.
Did the boss recommanded Pete for the job ? No, his recommandation was for Mike
to get the job.
 You take a trip-travel agency

This telephone ha buttons. It's a push button phone. You push buttons to call. We want to go to Maiami. We
want to take a trip to Miami. Visit your travel agency for long trips. Travel agents help their customers.
Select the airline for airplane trips. Then buy a ticket for the trip. Call your travel agent or an airline to make
plane reservations. Pick up the ticket at the travel agency. Pack your suitcases.

Ann went to the store and came back. She is here now. They went to Miami last year. They want to go back.
Linda went back to New York after few days. Ann went to the store and returned in thirsty minutes. I to want
return this book to the library. I have a round trip ticket to Augustan. I want to come back tomorroow.

Making reservations

- World Airlines, may help you?

- Yes, I want to make a reservation, please. I want to go to Maim on the 5th of October.
-Do you want to go in the morning, in the afternoon, or in the evening?
-In the afternoon.
-We have two flights in the afternoon. The first flight departs at 3:00 p.m. and arrives at 9:00. The second
one departs at 4:00 p.m. and arrives in Miami at 2:00.
-I wants the one at 3:300. Can you tell me the times again?
-Okay. It is Flight o98 and it departs at the 3:300 p.m. from San Antonio. It arrives in Miami at 9:10. Do you
want a one-way or a round-trip ticket?
-A round-trip ticket. How much is it?
-$456, Okay. I am making the reservation for you right now. You can pick up your ticket tomorrow.
--Can I pick up the day after tomorrow?
-Yes, you can pick it up any time after tomorrow.
-Thank you.
- Thank you for calling World Travel Agency.

-Western Airlines. May I help you?

-I want to make a reservation to New York, please.
-When do you want leave?
-The last Friday of the month.
_Morning and afternoon?
-After 22:00 in the afternoon.
-Flight 67 leaves at 4:45 p.m.
When does it arrive in New York?
-Arrival time is 10:45 p.m.
-Okay. Put me on that flight.
Linda's trip
Linda lives in New York. She wants to take a trip to San Antonio. She wants to visit her friend, Mary. Last
week, Linda made reservations. She called Globe Travel Agency. Linda is an old customers of this agency.
The agents know Linda well. Linda picked up her ticket yesterday. Right now she's packing her suitcases.
W R I T I N G
A. The following dialog is between a clerk in travel agency and a woman customer. Make all
the chances necessary to produce, from the notes below, a complete dialog. The first sentence has
been done for you as an example:
CLERK: I / help / you ? = May I help you ?
WOMAN: Yes / I / like / flight / Rio.
1. Yes, I’d like to take a flight to Rio.
CLERK: When / you / intend / travel ?
2. When do you intend to travel ?
WOMAN: As / soon / possible. No later / than / end / this / week.
3. As soon as possible. But no later than the end of this week.
CLERK: Well / that / be / difficult / this time / year / unless / you be very lucky.
4. Well, that will be difficult at this time of the year, unless you are very lucky.
WOMAN: But / it be / absolutely / essential / I / get / there / end / this week.
5. But it’s absolutely essential that I get there by the end of this week.
CLERK: All right / I / do / what / I can. You like / sit down ?
6. All right I’ll do what I can. Would you like to sit down ?
WOMAN: No / I / be / back / half an hour.
7. No, Thank you, I’ll be back in half an hour.
CLERK: All right / I / probably / know / then. / I / have / your name ?
8. All right. I will probably by then. May I have your name ?

B. Situation: In an effort to increase participation, the organizing committee of the Winter Carnival
has decided to ask for suggestions before organizing this year’s activities.
WINTER CARNIVAL
1. Winter Carnival this year will take place from 14 Feb to 21 Feb.
2. All personnel are invited to contribute suggestions for sports or
social activities they would like to have as part of this year’s winter
carnival. Please send written suggestions to Sgt. Caribo, in Room B
– 120 in the Sports Complex, by 1 Jan.
3. A complete schedule of activities will be available by Feb 7. All
personnel are encouraged to participate.

Instructions:
1) Read the above memo (Short
note written to remind one of
something / an information written communication)
2) Write a memo to Sgt. Caribo with three or four suggestions for activities using 40-50 words.
To Sgt. Carilo, Room B-120 / SPORTS COMPLEX
Here are my suggestions for some sports and social activities.
First, for sports I thought about some popular winter sports, such as: skiing, skating,
snowboarding, sleighing.
Second, for social activities I thought of the following entertaining activities:
- a fancy dress party every night. During these parties there could be short fanny contests.
The winners could be awarded prizes.
- rock bands could be invited to perform on the stage set in “Poiana Brasov”.
- a contest “karaoke” could also be organized on the other stage.
Sgt. Popa
.....................................................................................................................................................

C. Choose one of the situations below. Prepare a short note (40-50 words) giving all the information
requested.

Situations 1: You are leaving for one week’s vacation. Write a note to your roommate asking him /
her to do three things (e.g. water plants, cancel appointment, etc.). Make sure you include all the
information. You must also leave information on how you can be reached in case of emergency.

Situations 2: You ordered an article from a catalog. It arrived in bad condition. You return the
article with a note explaining what is wrong and what you want them to do. There are at least three
things wrong with it.

Situations 3: Your sister is coming to visit you for a week. Unfortunately you will be away for the
first two days. A close friend has offered to show her around the area. Write a note telling your
friend two things you would like him to show her, and one thing you don’t want him to do and why.
Al,
I’ll be away for a week vacation far this bored place. I want to relax, to forget everything
that reminds me about my job. I worked hard for a year, and now I want to enjoy myself,
during this vacation.
Okay, but now I’d like want to ask you something. When I went out I left my cat with
my left neighbor, Mr. White. Please call on him to take her, and then water plants, open the
windows of the kitchen and bathroom. Don’t forget to feed the cat at least once a day, and
look after her.
Then, call Jane and cancel the Friday’s appointment with her, and apologize to her on
my behalf.
At last in case of emergency if you really need me, you can call me at this phone
number 555 – 12345.
 Take care, Jimmy
.....................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................

D. Chose one of the situations below and follow the instructions.

Situations 1: You were outside your local bank when two robbers ran out and drove away. You saw
one of the robbers quite clearly. He looked a little like Arnold Schwarzenegger. You didn’t
intervene. The police have asked for a written description. Include aspects such as height, weight,
build, face, hair, and clothing.

Situations 2: You put your gym bag beside your car when you were unlocking it. You drove away
without realizing that you had not picked it up. Two hours later you returned but it was no longer
there. The police asked you to write a description of the bag and of its contents (at least four items).

Situations 3: Your friend is going to visit you at your country house. Since there are no street
numbers, it is necessary to describe the building. There are several other houses nearby. Write a note
to your friend describing the house itself, the neighborhood and the yard.
Hi John,
When you want to call on me you can arrive at my house like this: if you come from
north, you must go straight ahead on the mine road to the center of the village. Then turn left
on into the old lane. You must go about 200 yards. My house is on the right side. It has a
green fence and a red high iron gate. The other neighbor don’t have green fences.
Then, we have a large yard in front of the house with beautiful neat lawn. Right next to
the house we have two rows of roses. We also have an old oak at the back of the house.
The house is not too high but it has a lot of windows and doors. Its roof is red and fairly
high.
If you come from south you will not find me!
By !
See you soon, Bill.
.....................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................

E. Explanations

Situations 1: Your friend is going to the gym today but you aren’t. You would like to get your
joggers from your locker. Leave a note for your friend, explaining how to open your combination
number lock (at least three steps).

Situations 2: Your parents are coming to visit you and will go straight to your apartment before you
get back from work. You tell them you leave the key under flowerpot. Unfortunately your lock
 doesn’t work very well. Write a short note to your parents explaining the technique you use to open
the door (at least three steps).
Hi ma and daddy,
Key is under the flowerpot. Be careful the lock doesn’t work properly.
Follow my instructions:
- first, put the key into the lock;
- second, pull the knob and hold it like this;
- third, turn the key to the left once and leave the knob;
- then, turn the key once again to the left;
- finally, push the knob and door will open (enter the room, apartment).
By, I kiss you. Your sun Ricky.
.....................................................................................................................................................
F. Complete the following dialogs.
Maria and Franz are doing an English course. They are now having a coffee break between classes.
Franz: Do you speak German ?
Maria: Yes, German and little bit of Italian.
Franz: Have you ever been to Germany ?
Maria: Yes, once. To Berlin.
Franz: did you like it ?
Maria: Yes, it’s a great city. So many things to see.
Franz: Are you here for the first time ?
Maria: No, it’s the second time. I spent two weeks in London last summer.
Franz: What do you think about our teacher ?
Maria: She seems very friendly and her lessons are interesting.
Franz: Why are you doing this course ?
Maria: I want to pass the proficiency exams.
Franz: Why do need to pass these exams ?
Maria: In my country you can become a teacher of English if you have this certificate.
Franz: Do you really want to become a teacher of English ?
Maria: Yes, I like children and I find teaching exciting. Why are you learning English?

ADVERBS

ALREADY / STILL / YET / ANYMORE / ANY LONGER / NO LONGER

We use already to say something happened before now or before this time. It is used in questions
and and afirmative statements.
 Ed already has a high school diploma.
Mr. Smith is already here.
Are they already in elementary school ?

We use still to say that a situation is continuing. It usually goes in the middle of the sentence with
the verb. It is used in questions and in affirmative and negative statements.

Ed still doesn’t have a college degree.

It was warm zesterdaz, and it’s still warm today.
Are you still waiting ?

We use yet to ask or talk about something that did not happen before now, but might in the future. It
goes at the end of the sentence. It is used in quqestions and negative statements.

I’m very hungry. Is dinner ready yet ?

Can you wait ten minutes ? John isn’t here yet.

We use anymore, any longer, and no longer to say that a past situation does not exist.

Anymore and any longer are used in questions and negative statements. They go at the end of the
sentence.

Is he in high school anymore / any longer ?

She isn’t in the Army anymore / any longer.

No longer is used in affirmative statements. It goes in the middle of the sentence with the verb.

He is no longer a student.
She no longer works at night.

At the post office

-Excuse me, can you tell me how to make a phone-call to France?

-Well, first you dial the code for France, than your area code and then the local number.
-I tried that at least six times, but I couldn’t get through.
-You know that you have to dial the area code without the 0 at the beginning?
-Oh, I didn’t know that .That explains it.
-Thank you very much.
-I’d like to send these letters to France.
-How much dose it cost?
-To France? That’s 89 pence.

Make up sentences using the following cues:

Do you cash traveler’s cheques?
-change foreign currency?
-sell picture postcards?
-sell special stamps?

No, I am sorry, we don’t.

You have to go to a bank.
-stationer’s.
-main post office.

1.What can people do at the post office? What do you go to the post office for?
-buy stamps\postcard\envelopes
-send letters\telegrams\money order\parcels(colet; pachet )
-draw a state\old age pension
-buy\renew a television\radio license
-make telephone calls
-deposit\windrow money the post office bank
2.Who is in charge of the post office?
3.When do you send postcards and when do you send letters to your friends\relatives?
4.Where do you drop the letter after you have written it and put it in the envelope?
5.How many collections a day are there in a big town?
6.How do you do usually send letters?
7.Which is the cheapest\quickest\safest way?
-by surface mail
-by registered post
-by air mail
-by recorded delivery
Letters arrive more quickly by registered post card compensation is offered in case of loss
damage.
Documents and papers of little or no monetary value may by send recorded delivery.
8.What happens to the letters whose receivers are unknown?
9.They are either returned to the sends or carried to the dead-letter office.
10.What must you do if you want to send a telegram?
-get a telegram form
-fill in the form with capital letters.
11.When the people send telegram?
12.What details must be filled in on a postal order form?
-the payee’s name and and address
-the sender’s name and address
 -the amount to by send
13.What does the post office clerk do when you want to send a parcel?
-weigh it on the scales
-seal it with wax
-give you a receipt

1. How you can you make a local telephone call from a public telephone box\call-box?
-look up the number in the directory
-lift\pick up the receiver
-drop the coin into slot
-dial the number
-hang up the receiver
2. What kind of trunk calls can you make from your town?
-direct turn calls
-dial the operator to ring the number for you
3. When are these phrases used?
You are wanted on the phone.
The line is busy\engaged.
You are through.
I'll ring you back later.
Hold the line.
4. Do you prefer a party-line telephone a private line?
Hold on, please.
Can you leave a message?
Sorry. Wrong number.
Who is (that) speaking?
This Mary speaking.

At the restaurant

-The Continental Restaurant. Good afternoon. -Good afternoon. An reserve a table for two,
please?
-Yes, sir. When for? -For tomorrow evening.
-And what time, please? -Eight o'clock.
-Can I have your name, please? -Smith.
Thank you. Goodbye. -Goodbye.

-Good evening, sir. A table for two? -Yes, I phoned yesterday.

-What was the name, please? -Smith.
-Ah, yes, sir. Over here, please.

-Waiter can we have the menu, please? -Yes, sir. I'll bring it right away.
-Excuse me, Miss, can you bring us the wine list? -Yes, certainly, madam.
Here you are.

_We'd like to order. -Yes, sir. What would you like to start with?
-I'd like tomato soup. -Two tomato soups. And to follow?
-I'd like roast chicken, please. -And I'll have lamb chops.
-And what would you like to drink? -I think I'll have a pint of larger.
-A glass red wine for me, please. -Thank you.

-What's your steak like? -It's very nice. And yours?

-It's not bad.

-This meal's excellent. -What about yours?

-It's not very good. -Why not?
-It's cold.

- Hello John. Long time no see. How are you keeping then?
-Oh, I am very well a thanks. In addition, you? -Not so bad, thanks.
-Come and have a drink and a game of darts. -Ok. Thanks.
-I'll have a pint of mild. -A pint of bitter and a pint of mild, please.
(Pint-Maseru pt licked)

-Good evening, Bill. How are you? -Hello, Franck. Nice to see you.
Can I get you a drink? -No, have one on me.
-Oh, all right. Thanks a lot. -What are you having?
-I'll have a pint of bitter, please.

-Here you are, sir. -Oh, that's not what I ordered.

-Really, sir? -No, I ordered fish, not steak.
-Oh, I'm terribly sorry. My mistake. -I'll bring your fish right away.

-Excuse me, Miss. This knife is dirty. -Oh, I'm sorry, madam. I'll get you clean one
right away.

-Is everything all right, sir? -Well, the steak's a bit tough.
-Is it? I'm terribly soryy. I'll have a word the cook.

Eating out in the America

Eating out in the United Sates offers a wide range of places to suit any taste or pocket. In most
hotels, especially in the city centers you will find a lot of high-class restaurant with international
dishes. Restaurants serving simpler dishes can be fond outside these centers or along the main
highways.
In drive-in-restaurants you are served in your car by waiters or waitresses who are called,
carhop".
There are also a great number of foreign restaurants that serve their national food. Such places
offer food at reasonable prices.
At the top of the scale, both as regards decorations, atmosphere and price, are the gastronomes,
supper clubs, and nightclub. Such (astral de; cutter; Sa; Sa cum) places often require the men to
wear jackets and ties.
If you want a less expensive meal, try the coffee shop, which offer a wide range meals, or one of
the many sidewalk cafes or snack bars where smile meals can be had either with waiter service or
self-service.
If you are in a hurry, there is the so-called short order or quick service restaurants, where you can
get a meal without a long wait.

Giving directions

Excuse me, please. Where's the railaway station?

The railaway station? It's over there on the left.
Thank you.

Excuse me. Where's the post office?

Go straight on an turn right into King
Street. The post office is next to Sioli's Café on your right.

Where's the Station Hotel, please?

It's in Market Lane. Turn at the bookshop, and the
Station Hptel's opposite the cinema.

Excuse me. Where's the tourist information office?

Go down Station Road. The tourist information office is on your left next to the station.

Excuse me. Where's the nearest bank?

There's one the in King Street.
Sorry?
There's one in King Street. Go Straight on here, turn right at the bus stop, and the bank's on your
left.
Thank you.

IS there supermarket near here?

Yes, there's on in the Town Street. Turn right at the corner.

Excuse me, please. Where's the nearest phone-box?

There's one in Park Road, the third street on the right.

Excuse me. Where's New Street?

It's the second on the left.

Is there a police station near here?

Sorry, I don't know. I'm a stranger here, too.
Is this London Brigde?
Yes, it is.
And what's that over there?
That's Tower Bridge.

Excuse me, does this bus go to the National Theatre?

No, it doesn't. You want the 78.

Excuse me, with is the bus to the National Theatre?

Take 68.
Thanks a lot.

Excuse me, how I get to the National Theater?

I think you have to take the 69.
Thank you.

Excuse me, how do you get to St. Paul's?

You take the Central Line from here.
It's many stops is it?
It's the fourth station.
Thank you.

How do I get to Heathrow, please?

First take the Victoria Line and then Picadilly Line.
Oh, do I have to change?
Yes, you have to get off at Green Park and change to the Picadilly Line.
Thanks a lot.

Excuse me, where can I get pullovers?

Pullovers are on the first floor, madam.

Excuse me, do you sell dictionaries?

Yes, sir, dictionaries and books are on the second floor.
Thank you.

Where can I get newspapers and magazines, please?

Thery're on the floor next the travel agency.

Where can I find postcards, please?

Postcards are on the ground floor madam.
Do you sell stamps, too?
No, we don't. You can get stamps at the post office in King's Road.

Hello, Mrs Johnes.

Hello, Mrs Palmer.
Have you been te the sales yet?
Yes, I have. I went to town with my husband yesterday.
And did you buy anything?
Yes, we bought some shoes for the children and pullover for John.

Have you ever tored their tomato soup?

Yes, I have. I bought some last week.
What was it like?
It was quite good. The children liked it.
Have you ever bought their baked beans?
Yes, I have. We tired them a couple of days age.
But they weren't very good. We didn't like them.

Hello John. How are you?

Not, so bad, thanks.
By the way, have you heard anything from Tom? He wanted the buy a new car.Has he bought
one yet?
Yes, he has. He bought it last week.

Are you going in the town?

Yes,. Can I get you anything?
Well, could you bring me a pound of cheese?
Oh, and would you get me some liver?
How much?
A pound will be enough. I think.

How much do I owe you for the liver?

60 p.
Gone up again. Prices are terrible these days!
Yes, they really are.

As bold as lion-curajos ca unleu

As good as gold- bun ca piinea calda
As changeableas weather- schimbator ca vremea
As drink as lord- beat crita
As quet as amouse- tacut ca un peste
As tall as lamp-post -inalt cit o prajina
As poor asa church mouse- sarac lipit pamintului
As sober as judge- perfect treaz
As timid as a hare- fricos ca un iepure
As silly as a sheep- prost ca oaia
As light as a feather- usor ca un fulg
As mute as fish- tacut ca un peste
As pale as death- palid ca un mort
 Going shopping

A becker sell bread and cakes. A butcher sells meat, mice and chickens.
A milkman sella dairy products. A grocer sells groceries (flour, rice, sugar ).
A greengrocer sells fruit and vegetables. A bookseller sells books.
A tobacconist sells tobacco, cigars, cigarettes. Paper, pencil and ballpoints are sold at the
stationer's.
The goods are lied out on the counters. These goods are for sale.
The people selling the goods are the shopassistans. Regular buyers are called customers.
The departments are different floors. They sell ready-to-wear clothes.
Supermarkets are big food stores. The price is stamped on the things you buy.
When you have bought something you get a bill. You can pay at the cash-desk.
Stockings, tights and socks are sold in the hosiery department.
A chemist sells toothpaste, cosmetics and soap as well as medicines.
A large shop selling all kinds of goods is a department store.
Chain-stores are stores where a variety of goods are offered-displayed on open counters.
On the label of the product you generally find weight or size.
When an article is good and very cheap we say it's a bargain.
Her clothes are up to date, she is dressed in the latest fashion.

Answer the following questions.

Do you like to go shopping?

Do you do your shopping in a department store or do you prefer to go shopping to smaller shops?
Do shop-windows influence in your choice?
Are the periods before holidays a good or bad time for shopping?
Are women more interested infashion ran men or it the other way round?

Read the following dialogues.

-Excuse me, do you sell dictionaries? -Yes, sir, dictionaries and books are on the second
floor.

-Where can I get newspapers and magazines, please? -They're on the floor next the travel
agency.

-Where can I find postcards, please? -Postcards are on the ground floor, Madam.

-What do you think of this green blouse? -Hmm, it's very nice. But it's not my size.
-It's too large. Have they got s amaller one? -Yes, try this one.
-Hmm, that's all right. How much is it? -It's not very expensive. It's only
$6.30.

The big store

Most of the food stores, called supermarkets, operate on the self-service system: you go in, pick
up a basket, walk round the shop and chose what you want. At the exit there is a check-out point,
a cash-desk where you pay for all your goods together.
 The big store of London are vast buildings, equipped with speedy lift and escalator, with well-
planned lighting, ventilation and heating. Another feature of London’s shopping life is the chain-
stores, in which the goods are displayed on open counters.

The Tailor and the Dressmaker

This morning I've been to my tailor's to order a new suit: coat, waistcoat and trousers. My tailor
always has an excellent stock of materials to chose from and I think I've chosen what'll be the
most suitable for my purpose.
I've had my measurement taken and I'm going again in a fortnight's time for the first fitting. After
I've tired the suit on, the tailor will probably fin necessary to make a few alterations, buttons, and
he'll mark the place for pockets, buttons and buttonholes. Then he'll ask me to return later on for a
final fitting, just Tom make sure that suit fits really well. When the suit's ready, I shall pay for it
and get a receipt.

Read the following dialogues

-Hello, Mrs. Johns.
-Hello, Mrs. Palmer.
-Have you been to the sales yet?
-Yes, I have. I went to town with my husband yesterday.
-And did you buy anything?
-Yes, we bought some shoes or the children and a pullover for John.

-Are you going into town? -Yes. Can I get you anything?
-Well, could you bring me a pound of cheese? -Yes, of course.
-Oh, and would you get me some liver? -How mach?
-A pound will be enough, I think.

-How much do I owe you for the liver? -60 p.

-Gone up again! Prices are terrible these days! -Yes, they relay are.

-Can I help you, madam? -Yes, I'd like a pair of jeans, please.
-Yes, madam. What size. -Thirty, T think.
-And what color? -Have you got any black ones?
-Yes, what about these? - They're very nice. Can I try them on?
-Yes, certainly. Over here, please. -I likes them, but they are too large.
Have you got any smaller ones?
-Yes, madam. Try these. -They're fine. How much are they?
- They're $32.

-Good morning, can I help you'

-Yes, I hope so. I've come to complain about this radio I bought here yesterday.
-What wrong with it?
-There's something wrong with the short wave.
I can get stations on medium wave and long wave all right, but not on short wave.
-Let me have a look at it. Well, you're quite right. It does not work. Have you receipt?
-Yes, here you are.
-Thank you .Well we’ll send it back and have it repaired for you.
-No, Id rather exange it for a new one right away or have my money back, please.

-I've got complaint about this shirt I bought yesterday.

-Oh, I am got home I found a spot the front.
-Could I have a look?
- Yes, of course. Here you are.
-Oh, yes. You're right. Shall I get a new one?
-Yes, please

Grammar

Scrie! Write!
Nu scrie! Don't writer!
Ce scrii acum? What do you writing now?
Cui scrii? Who are you writing to?
Îi scriu lui John? I'm writing to Jhon?
Nu-i scriu lui Peter. I'm not writing toPeter.
Îi scrii des lui Peter? How often do you writing to Peter?
Eu niciodatã nu ascriu scrisori. I never write letters.
Nu-mi place sã scriu scrisori. I don't like writing letters.
Ai scris scrisoarea? Have you written the letter?
El tocmai a scris-o. He has just written it.
Ai scris-o deja? Have you already written it?
Eu nu am scris-o inca. He hasn't written it.
Ai scris vreodatã o scrisoare? Have you ever written a letter?
El nu a scris niciodatã o scrisoare. He has never written a letter.
Eu am scris doua scrisori pâna acum. I have written two letters so far.
E prima oara când scriu o scrisoare. It is the first time I have written a letter.
Cîte scrisori ai scris saptamâna aceasta? How many letters have written this week?
De cît timp scrii? How long have you been writing?
Nu scriu de multã vreme. I haven't been writing long time.
El scrie de o jumatate de ora. He has been writing for half an hour.
El scrie de la 8.30. He has been writing since 8:30.
Cînd ai scris scrisoarea? When did you write the letter?
I-ai scris asearã? Did you write to her last night?
Cînd ai scris ultima scrisoare? When did you last write the leter?
I-am scris acum douã ore. I wrote to her two hours ago.
Nu am scris nici o scrisoare sãpt. trecutã. I didn't write an letter last week.
Cui îi scriai când eu team sunat? How were writing to when you I called?
Nu scriam o scrisoare. I wasn't writing a letter.
Pe vremuri scriam scrisori, acum nu. (Once) Many years ago I used to write the
letters.
Scriam in fiecare sãptãmânã. I would write every week.
Te-am spus cã am scris-o deja. I told you I have already written it.
Cînd ai intrat eu scriam de o jumãtate de orã. When you come in, I had writing for half
an hour.
Intentionez sã-i scriu disearã. I am writing the letter tonight.
Intentionez s-o scriu disearã. I am going to writing tonight.
I think I will write it tonight.
Nu, o voi scrie mîine. I won't write it tomorrow.
Sã nu deranjezi la ora 5.00.El voi scrie în acel timp. Don't disturb at 5:00. He will be writing at
the time.
Eu voi scrie scrisoarea mîine. I will be writeing leter tomorrow.
Pînã la ora 5.00 termin de scris scrisoarea. By 5:00 I will have written the letter.
Mi-ai promis cã ai sã-mi scrii astãzi. You promised you would write it today.

CAN
Pot sã scriu o scrisoare în englezã? I can write a letter in English.
Ai putut sã-i scrii ieri? Could you write to him yesterday?
N-am putut sã-i scriu în ultima vreme. I haven't been able to to write to him
lately.
Dar voi putea mâine. But I will be able to writw it tomorrow.
S-ar putea sã-I scriu disearã. I could write to you tonight.
Ai fi putut sã-mi scrii, de ce nu mi-ai scris? You couldhave written to me, why didn't
it you?
Ar putea sã scrie acum. He could be writing new.
Imposibil sãcrie acum. He can't be writing now.
E imposibil ca el sã-mi fi scris. He coulden't /can t have written to me.

May

Îmi permit s-o scriu eu. May I write it?

Lui nu i s-a permis s-o scrie. Hwe wasn't allowed permitted to write it.
Mi se v a permite sã scriu dupã amiazã. I will be allowed to write letter afternoon.
El s-ar putea sã scrie scisori acum. He may/might be writing letters now.
S-ar putea sã-ti scriu mai tîrziu. I may/ might write to you late.
Ai fi putut sã-mi scrii, de ce nu mi-ai scris? You may/might have written to me, why
didn't you?

Must

Trebuie s-o scrii astãzi. You must write it today.

De ce trebuie s-o scrii astãzi? Why do I have writen it today?
A trebuit sã-i scriu ieri. I have to write to him yesterday.
De ce a trebuit s-o scrii? Why did you have write to?
N-a trbuit sã-i scriu scrisori în ultima vreme. I haven't had to write leters lately.
Va trbui sã-i scriu mîine. I will have to him write tomorrow.

Musn't
Îþi interzic sã-I scrii. You musn't write to him.
Nu trebuie sã-I scrii, poþi sã-i scrii mâine. I don't have to write to him today, you can write
it tomorrw. You don/t need to writw to it today.
You needen/t write to him today.
Eu nu trebuia s-o fi scris-o ieri dar am scris-o. I needn't have written it yesterday, bur did.
Nu trebuia s-o scrii ieri. I diden't have to write it yesterday.
I know it and I diden/t.

El probabil (sigur) cã scrie acum. He must be writing now. (I am sure)

El probabil a scris srisoarea ieri. He must have written the leter yesterday.

Ar trebui s-o scrii astãzi. You should write today.

Ar fi trebiut s-o fi scris-o ieri. You should have written yesterday.

Conditionale
1.Os-o scriu, dacã voi avea timp. I will write it if I have enough time.
2.As scri-o dacã as avea timp. I would write it I had time.
3.As fi scris-o dacã as fi avut timp. I would have written if you had had time.

Scrisoarea se scrie acum. (existã scrisã) The letter is being written now.
Sctisoarea este scriaã. The letter is written.
Scrisoarea a fost scrisã. The letter has is been written.
Scrisoarea se scria cînd am intrat în birou. The letter was being written when I entered the
office.
Scrisoarea a fost scrisã ieri. The letter was written yesterday.
Scrisoarea va fi scrisã mâine. The letter will be written tomorrow.
Scrisoarea era scrisã de ieri. The letter was written yesterday.
Scrisoarea va fi scrisã pînã disearã. I told you the letter woul be written tonight.
I told you the letter had been written tonight.

The leter must be written today.

The letershould be written today.
The letercould be written today.
The leter might be written today.
Scrisoarea probabil cã a scris-o ieri. The letter must have been written yesterday.
Scrisoarea imposibil sã fi fost scrisã ieri. The letter can't have been written yesterday.
Scrisoarea sa-r putea sã fi fost scrisã ieri. The letter could have been written yesterday.
Scrisoarea sa-r putea sã fi fost scrisã ieri. The letter may have been written yesterday.

Indirect

Write it. He told me to writw it.

Don't write it. He asked me not to write it.
I'm writing. She said she was writing it.
I write novels She said she wrote novels.
I've writen it. She said she had written it.
I wrote it last night. She said she had written the last night.
I will write it. She said she would write it.
I can write it. She said she could write it.
I must write it. She said shehad to write it.
I should write it. She said she should have written it.

Where does Lis live? She asked where Lis lived.

How did you travel to Alaska? She asked me how I had travelled to Alaska.
Have you seen the museum? She wanted to know if had see the museum.
How are you? She woundered how I was?
How old is she? He wonted to know how old the was?
What time is the next train to Brighton? She asked what time the next train to Brighton
was?

Gerund

Îmi place sã scriu I enjoy writing.

Îmi amintesc cã am scris-o. I rimember eriting it.
Mi-am amintit cã am scros-o. I rimember having written it.
El neagã cã a furat banii. He denies stealing the money.
El a negat cã a furat. He denies heaving stolen.

Prefer sã merg pe Jos decît cu autobuzul. I prefer walking to goin by bus.

Abia astept sã Te vãd. I can't wait seeing them.
Nu suport ca el sã mã mintã. I can't stand him bying to me.
I can't bear him bying to me.
Abia astept sã te întâlnesc. I'm looking forwar to meeting you.
A izbucnit în râs. He burst out rying/laughing.
L-am surprins dormind în timpul testului. I caught him sleeping during the test.
M-a lãsat sã astept. He kept me waiting.
A început sã plouã. It started raining.
A încetat. It stopped.
Te deranjeazã dacã astepti afarã? Would you waiting outside?
N-are rost sã plîngi. It't not used crying.
Meritã sã vezi muzeul. It's worth visiting that museum.
Nu m-am putut abtine sã nu zîmbesc. I coulden't help smiling.
S-a obisnuit sã conducã Ford. I'm used to driving a Ford.
M-am obisnuit sã conduc pe stînga. I got used to driving on the left.
El l-a evitat sã-i vorbeascã. He tired to avoit talking to her.
A sugerat sã plecãm mai devreme. He suggestid leaving earlier.
Nu am chef sã gãtesc acum. I don't feel like cooking now.
M-am tot sãturat sã-i tot spun ce sã facã. I'm fed up with felling him to do it.

HOLIDAY PLANNING
Road the following dialogues
8. I would like to go abroad next summer.
Ok Whet about Spain?
Oh, it is a bit too for.
Well, let us go to France instead.
Yes, that is a good idea.

b. Excuse me, sir.

Yes.
Hove you got anything to declare?
Err, no, I have not.
Which is your luggage?
These two suitcases and this bag are mine.
Do you know the regulations, sir?
Pardon?
Do you have any alcohol or tobacco?
Yes, certainly. Here you are.
Thank you. Goodbye.

Excuse me, madam. Do you have anything to declare?

-No, I have not.
Do you have any alcohol with you?
Yes, I have three bottles of whisky and six bottles of wine.
Oh, I am afraid that does far, too much. You can only bring one litter of whisky and two
litters of wino with you.
OH, I am terribly sorry I did not know.
Well, I am afraid you have to pay duty.
Oh, dear

d. What do you like doing in your spare time?

Well, one of my hobbies is listening to music. What about you?
Oh, I’m not really interested in music, but I enjoy painting .
Are you interested in gardening?
Not really. I prefer going for long walks.

F What do you think of selling?

I do not know. I have never tried it.

-Good morning. Can I help you?

 -Yes, I would like to book a flight to Dublin.
-Yes, madam. When for?
-I want to go on yesterday and return on Saturday.
-Well, what time do yen want to fly on Wednesday?
-I have to be in Dublin by 8 o’clock in The evening.
-Well, there are two possible flights then. One at 17.40 arriving in Dublin at -18:05 and. one
at 18:45 arriving at 19.10.
-Oh, It doesn’t really better,
- I think I’ll take the one at I8:45

Our evening class is visiting London next month. Would you like to cone ?
When are you going?
We are leaving on the 21st and coming back on the 24th.
How are you travelling?
We are doing by coach.
In addition, what is the program?
On the first day, we are having a tour of London, and. on the second day there's visit to
Oxford.
In addition, the third day?
On the third day, we are talking a boat to Hampton Court.
I se, very interesting. What are you doing on the last day?
The last day's a Sunday, so we are gong to Petticoat Lane and then to Dirty Dick's for a drink.
What is the program for the evenings?
On Friday evening, we are going to the theatre and on Saturday, we are having a tour of old
London pubs.
How much does it cost?
It costs $ 80
That is not very expensive •
Well, would you like to come?
Yes, I would love to .Can I bring a friend?
Why not?
Good. Thank you for the information.
That’s OK. See you at the coach station .
HOLIDAY PLANNING
I shall make you some tea..
They made up their mind to go to the seaside.
Make room ! We have much luggage
He makes no effort to understand the lesson.

Rewrite the following sentences replacing the words in bold type by phrases with TO MAKE
a) On holiday we met a lot of people and we became good friends.
b) He decided to go to the mountains
c) You talk too loudly and disturb us
d) They chose the right place for their holiday
e) He didn’t work enough for his exams
3. Fill in the blanks with the right forms of TO MAKE or TO DO :
Don’t .. such a noise they are working in the next room
b) They .... us the favor of accepting our invitation .
c) Did you . ... up your mind to spend the weekend in town
d) I can t .... a decision so quickly
e) Do you ..~. all these exercises ?
c) in the Danube Delta

I shall mee tmy friends next week

You will go in town tomorrow
He we leave school soon
We shall have an examination next month.
They will arrive in a few days
1. Turn the following sentences into the future • Add the appropriate adverbs:
a) I drink tea b) we finish our work. c) You feel better.
d) They do their shopping's. e) He starts for Brasov. f) She travels by train. g) I read the
children a story,
2. Put these sentences into the future interrogative and negative according to the pattern:
— Paul will leave school next year
— Will Paul leaves school next year?
— Paul will not leaves school next year.
a) The children will the very busy next term
b) She will help her mother on Saturday
c) They will spend their spring holiday in the countryside
d) We shall write the questions on the blackboard
e) You will bring a present to your friend
f) I shall come to school on Sunday morning

3. Replace the full form of the future by the short form then make the sentences negative
Model I shall get her some flowers
I WILL GET her some flowers
I SHAN'T GET her any flowers
He will help us with our work
HELL HELP us with our work
 HE WONT HELP us with our work

a) We shall begin a new course next week

b) They will meet again during the next term
c) He will join us on the trip
d) You will have a good time at the party -
e) I shall be twenty next month -
f) She will find the book at the library

B. To be going to future

—I am going to work hard next week

—Are you going to help me?
—He is going to explain the lesson
—They are going to build new blocks of flats
—We are not going to spend our holiday at the seaside.
4. Fill in the blanks with the right form of TO BE GOING TO (affirmative or negative)
Model you are not warm enough . You.... catch cold You’re not warm enough You are
going to catch cold
a) I leave now . I .... to be late for school
b) He works hard . He , pass his exams -
c) We are in a hurry . We .... to miss the bus
d) There are clouds in the sky . It .... rain -
e) The weather forecast his excellent . It .. ... rain

5. Use the TO BE GOING TO construction or then SIMPLE FUTURE TENSE of the verbs
in brackets :

a) We (meet) our friend at the airport -

b) He (finish) the book next week
c) They (build) a new theatre hall in this district
d) He (study) military doctrine next year
e) The show (begin) in about five minutes

C. Modal verbs

CAN — We can play football -

— Can they solve these problems 7
— You cannot (can’t) speak German -

6. Answer the following questions:

a)Can you speak English ? d) Can you play tennis?
b)Can you speak Japanese ? e) Can you dance well?
c) Can he drive a car? f) Can you repair a mixer?

MAY — You may use this dictionary

 — May I use this phone ?
— You may not smoke in this room
7. Ask permission
— to smoke in a room
—to open the door
— to ~it~ down
— to leave the office
— to take a book
— to use your deskmate’s pen -

MUST — You must answer my questions on the spot

— Must I write the whole text ?
Answer the following questions

a) Must you leave on Saturday?

b) Must you smoke so much?
c) Must he write the composition for tomorrow?
d) Must you stop now?
e) Must they speak English during the English class ?

Fill in the blanks with Modal Verbs :

a) You have this book when you want it -

b) .... you give me a helping hand
c) - . - he speak Russian fluently ?
d) .... you go home so soon ?
e) I . . - eat all these cakes.
f) You .... open the window.

MEMBER the following equivalents

CAN — TO BE ABLE TO
MAY — TO BE PERMITTED / ALLOWED TO
MUST— TO HAVE TO

• Rewrite the sentences using Modal Verbs :

We are not allowed to smoke in a cinema hall
They have to buy tickets when they go to the theatre
He isn’t able to speak Chinese
You are permitted to join us on our- trip
I don’t have to finish my work today
I am able to translate an easy text

Mention five actions YOU MUST / CAN I MAY do at school

Translate into English :
 Cine are de gind sa raspunda la aceasta intrebare? Tom nu de gind sa conduca masina pe timp
de noapte.~ Examenele se termina mime. Mu vom ajunge la concert diseara. Grabeste—
Taxiul va sosi in cinci minute, Cind va pleca trenitl ? El se intilni cit Mary la or-a opt, in -fata
magazinului. Cind vor pe cursuriie anul acesta?

Mu ai voie sa intirzii, grabeste—te ! Pot sa te ajut la traducerec ? Ei trebuie sa vina cu trenui.

Nu avem voie Eecam in vacanta inainte de 1 august. Pot juca fotbal, dar nu sa joc haschet.
Trebuie sa ne facem datoria

1. Introductory questions :
a) Do you plan where to spend your holiday?
b) Where do you like to spend your holiday?
c) Do you take into account the advertisments?
d) Where do you intend to spend your next holiday ?
2. Reading Passage:

Holiday planning
Stop worrying and start planning ‘ Boot now your next summer holiday
“Escape to the sunny Black Sea Coast : golden sands twelve hours of sunshine and moon
— lit nights and a warm smooth sea. Comfortable hotels, inviting entertainment places. Sports
facilities .
“A land of charm and plenty ~ the Car-patinas. Glorious landscapes. Pollution — free
environment. Camping sites for all. tastes.. Cool, fresh air and crystal — clear water.”
“Enjoy a ten — day trip to the Danube Delta, the paradise of wild life. Breath — taking
sun — rises and twilight's.”
Sometimes advertisements may be of real help :people will make a better choice if they
are aware of the places available to holiday makers.

Victor : What are you going to do this summer?

Tom : I’m going to a camp -
Victor : What will you do there ?
Tom : You can have a wide choice. In the morning we go swimming, boating or climbing,
In the afternoon we play tennis or chess. At night we it round a camp fire arid sing
songs or- tell stories. We will make new friends and have lots of fun

Paul: Where will you spend your holiday this year?

David: I will probably go to my grandparents in the countryside.
Paul In a village 7 What can you do there all day long?
David: You know, I don’t like crowds when I am on holiday and I always try to get away
from other people

1. Answer the following questions:

a) What do the advertisements refer to?
b) What requirements should an advertisement meet ?
c) How can you spend your- time in each of the places advertised?
“One of the objects of travel is to go in search of beauty. The beauty — spots of the world
are magnets which draw pilgrimages year after year. Yet, even more valuables to the traveler i.e.
the knowledge, which he gets of his fellow men. It is the story of the stay — home who is always
ready to call someone, else “queer”, because his ways are a little different; the much traveled man
has sympathy with all sorts of ways and is therefore able to understand another point of view than
his own. Frequent travel to other countries would be the best insurance against war. For when
you have stayed in the homes of people of other- nations and grown to like them and to
understand their ways, you will. have the greatest antipathy for fighting against them
(Joyce Miller :“Fifty Model Essays”)

3. Answer the following questions according to the pattern a

Model : Will he come 7 Will he dance?

He’ll come but he won’t dance

a) Will Alice be there? Will she be happy?

b) Will they work tomorrow ?Will they work on Sunday?
c) Will you do that ?Will you like it?
d) Will she join us? Will she stay long?
e) Will you plug it in? Will it war-k?
4. Ask questions to which the underlined words are the answer:
Model a Paul is going to study TACTICS
What is Paul going to study?
Paul will study in SIBIU
Where will Paul study?

a) George will meet is friends outside the cinema

b) Ann’s mother- is going to make cakes tomorrow
c) They’ll finish this text book next year
d) He is going to buy a tent
e) The students will have lunch at the canteen
f) Tom is going to answer this letter- in three days.

1. State whether the sentences below are TRUE or FALSE Replace the “false” sentences

a) My parents live in Bucharest

b) I am living in Pitesti
ci We study at the Military College
d) We have two English classes every week
e) My deskmate is the first in our platoon
f) Spring begins on the 25th of May
g) It is half past nine , now
h) The cadets are taking dictation
i) I went home yesterday
j) I’m going to spend my summer holiday in the countryside
2. Complete the following sentences , paying attention to the tenses a
a) I always
b) This time yesterday he
c) Next week we ....
d) Last year they .
e) You ... . today
f) She .. . now
g) Every day we
h) I usually
i) In the afternoon he
j) Taw weeks ago they

3. Speak about yourself, answering the following questions a

a) What is your name ?
b) How old are you ?
c) What do you do every day?
d) When do you have your meals?
e) When do you go to sleep ?
9) What kind of books are worth reading in you opinion?
h) What did you read last week ?
i) Have you any hobbies?
j) What subjects are you good at?

4. Ask questions on the underlined words a

a) He’ll see her at the station
b) We saw him last Monday
c) I shall help him
d) They were having a nap when John arrived
e) You come to school to learn
f) He meets his friend in the street
5.Give arguments for and against spending your holiday.
— in the countryside
— in a big city
— at home
— in a camp

PREPOSITIONS OF TIME
The following prepositions indicate time: at, on, in, before, after, from, until, till to, for, and
since.

At is used with the time of day, with an age, and with the words night, first, last, beginning, and
end.
EXAMPLES:
at noon, at night, at midnight, at 7:30 a.m.
at the age of twelve
at first, at last
at the beginning, at the end

On is used with days and dates. It can also be used with parts of a certain day and the words time
and schedule.
EXAMPLE:
on Monday, on your birthday
on October 18
on the evening of June 8
 on time, on schedule

In is used with quantities of the time and with the words beginning and end.
EXAMPLE:
in ten minutes, in an hour
in a week, in two years
in the beginning, in the end

Before and after are used with time of day, with dates, and with nouns that name events or
occurrences.
EXAMPLE:
before noon, after 5:00 p.m.
before December 31, after April 15
before the game, after dinner

After can also be used with a quantity of time.

EXAMPLE:
after six months, after thirty zears

From is used with to and till/until to indicate periods of time.

EXAMPLES:
from 1985 to 1993
from May 1 until June 15
from 10:00 a.m. till 5:30 p.m.

Until/till can also be used alone with days, dates, and times.
EXAMPLES:
until next Friday, till next week
until 1997, till August 2
until 10:00 p.m., till midnight

For is used with periods of time.

EXAMPLE:
for half an hour, for three weeks, for one year

Since is used with definite times.

EXAMPLES:
since Sunday, since 6:00 this morning, since 1988

The doctor

-Hello, Mr. Jones. How are you? -Fine, thanks, Mr. Gibson.
-And your wife? -She's not very well.
-Oh, I am sorry to hear that. What is the matter? -She's got a terribly cold.
-Hello, Mr. Jones. -Hello.
-How's your cold today? -Much better, thanks.
-I'm pleased to hear that.

Tom Smith has stomachache and wants to see Dr Mak. He tires to telephone him, but gets the
automatic answering service. Now tom Smith Telephone Dr Mk and makes an appointment.
-Dr. Mak's surgery. Good morning.
-Good morning. I'd like to make an appointment to see the doctor. I tired to phone Dr Mk, but he
was not there.
-I sees. What's the trouble? -I've got a terrible pain in my stomach.
-Hmm, Can you come right away? -What's the name, please?
- Tom Smith. Thank you. Goodbye. -Goodbye.

Brian Harvey didn't feel well this morning. Yesterday was his wife's birthday and some friends
came round in the evening. They had very large dinner with lots of wife and didn't get to bed
until 3 a.m.
This morning, Brian woke up a terrible headache and stomach-ache. He didn't have breakfast and
stayed at home. Athena he rang Dr Mak's surgery and made an appointment for 10 o’clock.

What is the trouble?(trouble-a se ingrijora; neplacere; necaz)

It's his leg. It is getting worse and worse.
It's not getting any better.

-I is not feeling very well. I think I've got flu. Can you give me some penicillin, please?
-I'm afraid you need a prescription for that.
-Oh, dear. Can you recommend anything else for it, them?
-Yes, try these. Take there tablets four times a day.

Doctor, what's your favorite sprit? Sleighing. I mean apart from business.

The young woman walked boldly up to women whom she took the be superintendent at the
hospital.
May I see Captain William’s, please? She asked.
May ask you who you are?
Certainly. I am his sister.
Well, well. I'm glad to meet you. I'm his mother.

The hotel
--Good evening, sir.
-Good evening. We have booked two rooms for tonight.
-What's the name, please?
-Smith. I'm Tom Smith, and these as my parents.
-Yes, sir. You're in room 453, and your parents have got room. Here are your keys.
-What floor are won?
-You’re o the second floor and you parents room's on the first floor. Have you got any luggage?
-Yes, here's my suitcase.
-And your parents luggage?
-Theirs is still in the car. Can porter fetch it?
-Yes, sir, he'll be here in a minute.

-Good afternoon , sir.

-Good afternnon. My name is John Smith. I've booked a room for six night.
-Yes, I see Mr. Smith. I have your booking here. I'm very sir, but there's a problem.
-Oh, relay? Nothing serious, I hope.
- Well, you wanted a room with a bath, but unfortunately all our room with baths are taken. All
I've got is a room with a shower, if you'd be prepared to take that.
-Oh, that will be all right. I do not mind.

-I'm terribly sorry, sir. But we're fully booked.

-But you confirmed our reservation.
-That's right. But there's a group of Australians who were going to leave today. Now their flight
has been cancelled, and they're not leaving until tomorrow. Your room will be free tomorrow
morning.
-That’s no use us. We need a room tonight.
-I is very sorry. However, there is nothing I can do, I am afraid.
-But where are we to stay tonight?
-Well, the only thing I could do is put you up in a single room for one night, and we could put an
extra bed in the room for you.
-Well, I don't think much of that, of course. However, it looks as though we will have to take that
for one night then. I suppose it is better the nothing.
-I is very sorry, but that is the best I can do.
- Well, OK. It cannot be helped, I suppose.

Traducere

Pagina 28
accomplish a indeplini; a termina
train a antrena; tren; ademenire; capcana; momire; a instrui
task tema; sarcina
sheet cearceaf; coala
area arie; domeniu; suprafata
assignment numire; atribuire
aviabile
between intre; printre
chain catuse; a incatusa; lant
chain of command
comprise a contine; a cuprinde
consist a consta
decribe a reprezenta; a zugravi; a descrie
commander capitan de vas; comandant
define a defini; a delimita; a lamuri
difference a deosebi; deosebire; a diferentia
down deal; puf; jos; a cobora; a dobori
designer proiectant; desenator
enable a ingadui; a permite
fleet a se scurge repede; flota; garla
force forta; putere; constrangere
format format; forma
maximize a maximaliza
numbered numarat; socotit
objective obiectiv; impartial
operation actiune; operatie
order ordine; serie; succesiune
outline schita; contur; plan
plan a elabora; a planifica; plan
readiness promptitudine; dispozitie
ship corabie; vapor
one o; un; una; unu(numai); unul
state stat; a declara; stare; a specifica
structure alcatuire; organizare; structura
such astfel de; cutare; asa; asa cum
surface a polei; suprafata; a lustrui; exterior
task tema; sarcina
more mai mult
topic subiect; tema
training antrenament; instruire
organization organizatie
type a dactilografia; tip; caracter
unit unitate; intreg
warfare razboi; lupta
Pag 28 b
Airwing
purpose a avea scopul de a; obiectiv; scop
squad pluton; trupa
staff bat; cadre; baston
unifild unificat
provide a inzestra; a furniza
while cat timp; pe cand; pe cata vreme; desi; in timp ce
retain a stavili; a retine
clear clar; a clarifica; a evacua; limpede
particular special; deosebit; particular; exact; propriu; articol
trough prin; printre
fleet a se scurge repede; flota; garla
allocate a aloca; a distribui
ten zece; nota zece
designated a denumi; a desemna; a indica
through prin; printre
by alaturi; aproape de; cu; prin; de; langa
adding
for spre; pentru; in favoarea
orientate a se orienta

Pag.29

issue a decurge; editie; urmasi; a rezulta; rezultat; a emite; iesire

conduct conducere; comportare; a dirija; a conduce
ashorer la mal; pe uscat
accomplish a indeplini; a termina
ashore la mal; pe uscat
assign a aloca; a atribui
assist a ajuta
unless afara de; numai daca; cu exceptia
assumption arogare; prezumtie
base a pune bazele; baza; josnic
by alaturi; aproape de; cu; prin; de; langa
conduct onducere; comportare; a dirija; a conduce
conist
heading titlu(de capitol); directie
considerable considerabil; insemnat
contain a se stapani; a contine; a cuprinde
coordinate a se coordona; coordonata; cu acelasi rang; egal
covering acoperamant de protectie; invelire
designer proiectant; desenator
directive directiva; instructiune
dissemination semanare; raspandire
effect efect; a efectua; rezultat
effective efectiv; eficace
extending extindere
facts fapt; eveniment; intamplare
flagship
flag stanjenel; steag; lespede
force forta; putere; constrangere
format format; forma
future viitor; urmator
granted
headquarters sediu central; cartier general
immediate urgent; imediat
importance insemnatate; importanta
into in; inspre; spre
issue decurge; editie; urmasi; a rezulta; rezultat; a emite; iesire
maybe poate ca; probabil
mission misiune; delegatie
misunderstanding neintelegere; confuzie
misunderstand a intelege gresit; a interpreta gresit
near aproape
same aceeasi; acelasi; sus-numitul; identic
omission omitere
otherwise altfel
over peste
prescribe prescrie
prevent a preveni; a impiedica
purpose a cere in casatorie; a ridica paharul pt; a propune; a sugera; a intentiona; a planui
regard privire; fata de; in raport cu; grija; atentie; a acorda atentie
regarding privitor la
same aceeasi; acelasi; sus-numitul; identic
signal semnal; semnalizator
signed
speed viteza; iuteala
standard etalon; stindard; nivel
standing in picioare; atitudine; stabil
stated stat; a declara; stare; a specifica
subordinate a subordona; subordonat; inferior
suppliment
taken part.trecut de la taken (luat)
unless afara de; numai daca; cu exceptia
when cand; in timp ce; pe cand

Pag 29a
subdivision subdiviziune×
into în
which care; ce anume; pe care
enemy dusman; inamic
attachament atasament; sechestru; afectiune
detascament detasare; separare(de); indiferenta
course curs al evenimentelor; pista; ruta
intendent a avea de gand; a intentiona
feature rubrica fixa(jurn); trasatura caracteristica; articol de ziar
ending terminatie; sfarsit
recuire a cere; a solicita; a reclama; a necesita
appendix anexa
tab ureche; butoniera; gaica
amplify a amplifica; a mari
any ceva; niste; nici un; oricare
portion portiune; parte
become a deveni
extensive extins; vast
Pag 30
further mai departe; in plus
stroke a impresiona prin; descoperirea(unui zãcãmânt); grevã; a descoperi; a bate; a lovi
silence tacere; liniste
guard a pazi; a apara; a proteja
assignment numire; atribuire
outline schita; contur; plan
dispositions dispunere; dispozitie; fire; caracter
formation structura a solului; formatie
under a domina; sub influenta; mai jos de; mai putin de; sub; sub regimul; dedesubt;
subaltern; inferior
reference trimitere; raport
point a ascuti; a puncta; punct; varf
lane banda de circulatie; culoar(sport); ulita
land pamant
launch barca; a lansa; lansare; salupa cu motor
patrol a patrula; patrula; rond
search a cerceta; perchezitie; a cauta
rescue a salva; a scapa; a elibera
inteligence informatii secrete; stiri; ratiune; inteligenta
concerning privitor la; referitor la
strenght rezistenta; tarie; putere
training antrenament; instruire
event eveniment
state stat; a declara; stare; a specifica
following urmator; adepti
internal intern; interior
describe a reprezenta; a zugravi; a descrie
lookout vigilenta; atentie; paznic
maintain a mentine; a pastra
accompanying insotitor; a insoti
status cetatenie; statut legal; stare; situatie
surface a polei; suprafata; a lustrui; exterior
man omenire(generic); om; barbat
overboard peste bord
identify a se identifica cu; a identifica
weapon arma
missile proiectil
tote a proceda cinstit; a transporta
board consiliu de conducere; pensiune; planseta; scandura
pertain a se raporta la; a apartine
sing a semna; indiciu; semn
call a chema; chemare; convorbire telefonica; a striga
Pag 30

annexe adaugire; anexa

appendix anexa
capabilitiy capacitate
concert a cadea de acord; concert; a aranja; intelegere
cruise croaziera; a naviga; a zbura
enemy dusman; inamic
events eveniment
flown part. trecut de la fly
further mai departe; in plus
guard a pazi; a apara; a proteja
assigment a aloca; a atribui
intelligence
land pamant
lanes banda de circulatie; culoar(sport); ulita
launch barca; a lansa; lansare; salupa cu motor
list a trece pe o lista; lista; catalog
outline schita; contur; plan
patrol a patrula; patrula; rond
point a ascuti; a puncta; punct; varf
policies politica guvernamentala
rescue a salva; a scapa; a elibera
safety fara riscuri; securitate; siguranta
schedules schema; a programa; program; plan
search a cerceta; perchezitie; a cauta
sheet cearceaf; coala
silence tacere; liniste
shift a schimba; a muta
body corp; organizatie; trup
strength rezistenta; tarie; putere
stricken part. trecut de la strike; ranit; lovit; indurerat
strike a impresiona prin; descoperirea(unui zacamant); greva; a descoperi; a bate; a lovi
under a domina; sub influenta; mai jos de; mai putin de; sub; sub regimul; dedesubt;
subaltern; inferior
various variat
which care; ce anume; pe care

Pag X21
other alt(ul); alta; alte; celalalt
log bustean; butuc
requrie a cere; a solicita; a reclama; a necesita
turn a intoarce; a invarti
estabilished stabilit
timely actual; oportun
manner fel de a fi; maniera; mod
set set; grup; multime; tendinta; a aseza; a fixa; a pune; a corecta
bearing rulment; aspect; comportare
range a randui; rand; sir
con a pilota o nava
relay releu; stafeta; schimb
every toate; toti; fiecare
display expunere; prezentare; a desfasura spread; a expune; ecran(inf.)
watch a pandi; a veghea; paza; atentie; ceas; paznic
thoroughly cu totul; complet
length lungime; durata
proper adecvat; pe cinste; real(mat); indicat; propriu; exact; potrivit
blast a distruge; rafalã; a sfãrâma; suflu
whistle fluieratura; a suiera; fluier; a fluiera
break recreatie; a rupe; ruptura; a sparge
white alb; onest; palid; pur
rocket racheta cu reactie
flare valvataie; a arde cu flacara; palpaire

pab 2
engine locomotiva; motor
require a cere; a solicita; a reclama; a necesita
inboard înãuntru, interior
comply a consimti; a incuviinta; a se supune
whit pic; strop
pag.32
aircraft avioane; avion
carrier caraus; expeditor
drop a lasa sa cada; bomboana; a cadea; picatura; strop
flare valvataie; a arde cu flacara; palpaire
involved amestecat; incurcat; implicat
fear teama; a se teme; a fi ingrijorat; frica
ignite a aprinde; a inflama
fuel combustibil
purpose a avea scopul de a; obiectiv; scop
while cat timp; pe cand; pe cata vreme; desi; in timp ce

provide a inzestra; a furniza

almost aproape
reference trimitere; raport
device procedeu; mecanism
concerned implicat; interesat
with alaturi de; in grija; cu; privitor la
head a fi in frunte; a fi primul; cap; minte
bearing rulment; aspect; comportare
true adevarat; real
increase mari; spor; adaugire; sporire; crestere; a spori; a creste
become a deveni
weapons arme
called chemat; numit
provide a inzestra; a furniza
log bustean; butuc
also de asemenea
lower aer posac/amenintator; a apleca; a cobori
keel chila navei(mar.
either oricare(din doi); fiecare
missile proiectil
range a randui; rand; sir
emphasis accentuare
accurate
basically in esenta
range a randui; rand; sir
bearing rulment; aspect; comportare
require` a cere; a solicita; a reclama; a necesita
bounce a ricosa; salt; a sari; saritura
skin piele
great mare; maret; mult; important; enorm; minunat; priceput; bun cunoscator
contact
think a gandi; a medita
strenght rezistenta; tarie; putere
target tinta; sarcina
available disponibil
screwing
count conte; a numãra; a socoti
warfare razboi; lupta
light a se cobora; a se lasa; a lumina; usor; lumina zilei; felinar; a aprinde;
delicat
vary diversifica; a modifica